<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Idmadmin</id>
		<title>UltraEdit Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Idmadmin"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/Special:Contributions/Idmadmin"/>
		<updated>2026-06-04T00:23:08Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.29.0</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1230</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1230"/>
				<updated>2024-12-13T12:11:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: /* Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki! */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#seo:&lt;br /&gt;
|title=UltraEdit text editor wiki&lt;br /&gt;
|description=A wiki containing full help documentation for UltraEdit text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-sm-12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h1&amp;gt;UltraEdit text editor wiki&amp;lt;/h1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki!==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wiki is designed to be a &amp;quot;less official&amp;quot; documentation source for UltraEdit, the [https://www.ultraedit.com/products/ultraedit/ text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux]. As a user, you are encouraged to contribute to the wiki as you see fit whether that be updating information, adding use cases, helpful tips, etc. Any questions or comments should be [https://www.ultraedit.com/company/contact-us.html#emailform sent to IDM support].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wiki editing help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editing the wiki is incredibly easy and simple. Check out the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet wiki markup cheatsheet] or the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Wiki_markup full documentation on wiki markup].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to edit the UltraEdit wiki, you need to [http://wiki.ultraedit.com/Special:CreateAccount create an account] and be logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting started with UltraEdit==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New users, start here! We&amp;#039;ve created the following topics to help get you up and running with UltraEdit finely-tuned to meet your specific preferences and needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Getting started with UltraEdit|Getting started with UltraEdit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==UltraEdit Help documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
We&amp;#039;ve stratified our in-product help to be conveniently available for you online. Check the help documentation if you&amp;#039;re wanting to know more about a specific feature or functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Help documentation|Help documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1229</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1229"/>
				<updated>2024-12-13T12:11:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: /* Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki! */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#seo:&lt;br /&gt;
|title=UltraEdit text editor wiki&lt;br /&gt;
|description=A wiki containing full help documentation for UltraEdit text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-sm-12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h1&amp;gt;UltraEdit text editor wiki&amp;lt;/h1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki!==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wiki is designed to be a &amp;quot;less official&amp;quot; documentation source for UltraEdit, the [https://www.ultraedit.com/products/ultraedit/  &lt;br /&gt;
text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux]. As a user, you are encouraged to contribute to the wiki as you see fit whether that be updating information, adding use cases, helpful tips, etc. Any questions or comments should be [https://www.ultraedit.com/company/contact-us.html#emailform sent to IDM support].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wiki editing help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editing the wiki is incredibly easy and simple. Check out the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet wiki markup cheatsheet] or the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Wiki_markup full documentation on wiki markup].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to edit the UltraEdit wiki, you need to [http://wiki.ultraedit.com/Special:CreateAccount create an account] and be logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting started with UltraEdit==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New users, start here! We&amp;#039;ve created the following topics to help get you up and running with UltraEdit finely-tuned to meet your specific preferences and needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Getting started with UltraEdit|Getting started with UltraEdit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==UltraEdit Help documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
We&amp;#039;ve stratified our in-product help to be conveniently available for you online. Check the help documentation if you&amp;#039;re wanting to know more about a specific feature or functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Help documentation|Help documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1228</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1228"/>
				<updated>2024-12-13T12:10:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: /* Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki! */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#seo:&lt;br /&gt;
|title=UltraEdit text editor wiki&lt;br /&gt;
|description=A wiki containing full help documentation for UltraEdit text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-sm-12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h1&amp;gt;UltraEdit text editor wiki&amp;lt;/h1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki!==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wiki is designed to be a &amp;quot;less official&amp;quot; documentation source for UltraEdit, the [https://www.ultraedit.com/products/ultraedit/  &lt;br /&gt;
 text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux]. As a user, you are encouraged to contribute to the wiki as you see fit whether that be updating information, adding use cases, helpful tips, etc. Any questions or comments should be [https://www.ultraedit.com/company/contact-us.html#emailform sent to IDM support].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wiki editing help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editing the wiki is incredibly easy and simple. Check out the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet wiki markup cheatsheet] or the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Wiki_markup full documentation on wiki markup].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to edit the UltraEdit wiki, you need to [http://wiki.ultraedit.com/Special:CreateAccount create an account] and be logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting started with UltraEdit==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New users, start here! We&amp;#039;ve created the following topics to help get you up and running with UltraEdit finely-tuned to meet your specific preferences and needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Getting started with UltraEdit|Getting started with UltraEdit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==UltraEdit Help documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
We&amp;#039;ve stratified our in-product help to be conveniently available for you online. Check the help documentation if you&amp;#039;re wanting to know more about a specific feature or functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Help documentation|Help documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1227</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1227"/>
				<updated>2024-12-13T12:08:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: /* Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki! */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#seo:&lt;br /&gt;
|title=UltraEdit text editor wiki&lt;br /&gt;
|description=A wiki containing full help documentation for UltraEdit text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-sm-12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h1&amp;gt;UltraEdit text editor wiki&amp;lt;/h1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki!==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wiki is designed to be a &amp;quot;less official&amp;quot; documentation source for UltraEdit, the [https://www.ultraedit.com/products/ultraedit/  &amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;newtab&amp;quot;&amp;gt;text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]. As a user, you are encouraged to contribute to the wiki as you see fit whether that be updating information, adding use cases, helpful tips, etc. Any questions or comments should be [https://www.ultraedit.com/company/contact-us.html#emailform sent to IDM support].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wiki editing help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editing the wiki is incredibly easy and simple. Check out the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet wiki markup cheatsheet] or the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Wiki_markup full documentation on wiki markup].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to edit the UltraEdit wiki, you need to [http://wiki.ultraedit.com/Special:CreateAccount create an account] and be logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting started with UltraEdit==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New users, start here! We&amp;#039;ve created the following topics to help get you up and running with UltraEdit finely-tuned to meet your specific preferences and needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Getting started with UltraEdit|Getting started with UltraEdit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==UltraEdit Help documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
We&amp;#039;ve stratified our in-product help to be conveniently available for you online. Check the help documentation if you&amp;#039;re wanting to know more about a specific feature or functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Help documentation|Help documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1226</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1226"/>
				<updated>2024-12-13T11:44:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: /* Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki! */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#seo:&lt;br /&gt;
|title=UltraEdit text editor wiki&lt;br /&gt;
|description=A wiki containing full help documentation for UltraEdit text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-sm-12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h1&amp;gt;UltraEdit text editor wiki&amp;lt;/h1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki!==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wiki is designed to be a &amp;quot;less official&amp;quot; documentation source for UltraEdit, the [https://www.ultraedit.com/products/ultraedit/  text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux]. As a user, you are encouraged to contribute to the wiki as you see fit whether that be updating information, adding use cases, helpful tips, etc. Any questions or comments should be [https://www.ultraedit.com/company/contact-us.html#emailform sent to IDM support].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wiki editing help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editing the wiki is incredibly easy and simple. Check out the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet wiki markup cheatsheet] or the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Wiki_markup full documentation on wiki markup].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to edit the UltraEdit wiki, you need to [http://wiki.ultraedit.com/Special:CreateAccount create an account] and be logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting started with UltraEdit==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New users, start here! We&amp;#039;ve created the following topics to help get you up and running with UltraEdit finely-tuned to meet your specific preferences and needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Getting started with UltraEdit|Getting started with UltraEdit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==UltraEdit Help documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
We&amp;#039;ve stratified our in-product help to be conveniently available for you online. Check the help documentation if you&amp;#039;re wanting to know more about a specific feature or functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Help documentation|Help documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1225</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1225"/>
				<updated>2024-12-13T11:43:33Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: /* Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki! */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#seo:&lt;br /&gt;
|title=UltraEdit text editor wiki&lt;br /&gt;
|description=A wiki containing full help documentation for UltraEdit text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-sm-12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h1&amp;gt;UltraEdit text editor wiki&amp;lt;/h1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki!==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wiki is designed to be a &amp;quot;less official&amp;quot; documentation source for UltraEdit, the [newtab&amp;gt;https://www.ultraedit.com/products/ultraedit/  text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux]. As a user, you are encouraged to contribute to the wiki as you see fit whether that be updating information, adding use cases, helpful tips, etc. Any questions or comments should be [https://www.ultraedit.com/company/contact-us.html#emailform sent to IDM support].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wiki editing help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editing the wiki is incredibly easy and simple. Check out the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet wiki markup cheatsheet] or the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Wiki_markup full documentation on wiki markup].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to edit the UltraEdit wiki, you need to [http://wiki.ultraedit.com/Special:CreateAccount create an account] and be logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting started with UltraEdit==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New users, start here! We&amp;#039;ve created the following topics to help get you up and running with UltraEdit finely-tuned to meet your specific preferences and needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Getting started with UltraEdit|Getting started with UltraEdit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==UltraEdit Help documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
We&amp;#039;ve stratified our in-product help to be conveniently available for you online. Check the help documentation if you&amp;#039;re wanting to know more about a specific feature or functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Help documentation|Help documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1224</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1224"/>
				<updated>2024-12-13T11:42:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: /* Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki! */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#seo:&lt;br /&gt;
|title=UltraEdit text editor wiki&lt;br /&gt;
|description=A wiki containing full help documentation for UltraEdit text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-sm-12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h1&amp;gt;UltraEdit text editor wiki&amp;lt;/h1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki!==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wiki is designed to be a &amp;quot;less official&amp;quot; documentation source for UltraEdit, the [[ https://www.ultraedit.com/products/ultraedit/  text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux ]]. As a user, you are encouraged to contribute to the wiki as you see fit whether that be updating information, adding use cases, helpful tips, etc. Any questions or comments should be [https://www.ultraedit.com/company/contact-us.html#emailform sent to IDM support].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wiki editing help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editing the wiki is incredibly easy and simple. Check out the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet wiki markup cheatsheet] or the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Wiki_markup full documentation on wiki markup].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to edit the UltraEdit wiki, you need to [http://wiki.ultraedit.com/Special:CreateAccount create an account] and be logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting started with UltraEdit==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New users, start here! We&amp;#039;ve created the following topics to help get you up and running with UltraEdit finely-tuned to meet your specific preferences and needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Getting started with UltraEdit|Getting started with UltraEdit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==UltraEdit Help documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
We&amp;#039;ve stratified our in-product help to be conveniently available for you online. Check the help documentation if you&amp;#039;re wanting to know more about a specific feature or functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Help documentation|Help documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1223</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1223"/>
				<updated>2024-12-13T11:42:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: /* Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki! */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#seo:&lt;br /&gt;
|title=UltraEdit text editor wiki&lt;br /&gt;
|description=A wiki containing full help documentation for UltraEdit text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-sm-12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h1&amp;gt;UltraEdit text editor wiki&amp;lt;/h1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki!==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wiki is designed to be a &amp;quot;less official&amp;quot; documentation source for UltraEdit, the [ [https://www.ultraedit.com/products/ultraedit/  text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux] ]. As a user, you are encouraged to contribute to the wiki as you see fit whether that be updating information, adding use cases, helpful tips, etc. Any questions or comments should be [https://www.ultraedit.com/company/contact-us.html#emailform sent to IDM support].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wiki editing help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editing the wiki is incredibly easy and simple. Check out the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet wiki markup cheatsheet] or the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Wiki_markup full documentation on wiki markup].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to edit the UltraEdit wiki, you need to [http://wiki.ultraedit.com/Special:CreateAccount create an account] and be logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting started with UltraEdit==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New users, start here! We&amp;#039;ve created the following topics to help get you up and running with UltraEdit finely-tuned to meet your specific preferences and needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Getting started with UltraEdit|Getting started with UltraEdit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==UltraEdit Help documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
We&amp;#039;ve stratified our in-product help to be conveniently available for you online. Check the help documentation if you&amp;#039;re wanting to know more about a specific feature or functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Help documentation|Help documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1222</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1222"/>
				<updated>2024-12-13T11:39:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: /* Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki! */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#seo:&lt;br /&gt;
|title=UltraEdit text editor wiki&lt;br /&gt;
|description=A wiki containing full help documentation for UltraEdit text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-sm-12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h1&amp;gt;UltraEdit text editor wiki&amp;lt;/h1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki!==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wiki is designed to be a &amp;quot;less official&amp;quot; documentation source for UltraEdit, the [[https://www.ultraedit.com/products/ultraedit/  text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux]]. As a user, you are encouraged to contribute to the wiki as you see fit whether that be updating information, adding use cases, helpful tips, etc. Any questions or comments should be [https://www.ultraedit.com/company/contact-us.html#emailform sent to IDM support].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wiki editing help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editing the wiki is incredibly easy and simple. Check out the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet wiki markup cheatsheet] or the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Wiki_markup full documentation on wiki markup].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to edit the UltraEdit wiki, you need to [http://wiki.ultraedit.com/Special:CreateAccount create an account] and be logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting started with UltraEdit==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New users, start here! We&amp;#039;ve created the following topics to help get you up and running with UltraEdit finely-tuned to meet your specific preferences and needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Getting started with UltraEdit|Getting started with UltraEdit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==UltraEdit Help documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
We&amp;#039;ve stratified our in-product help to be conveniently available for you online. Check the help documentation if you&amp;#039;re wanting to know more about a specific feature or functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Help documentation|Help documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1221</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1221"/>
				<updated>2024-12-13T11:36:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: /* Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki! */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#seo:&lt;br /&gt;
|title=UltraEdit text editor wiki&lt;br /&gt;
|description=A wiki containing full help documentation for UltraEdit text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-sm-12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h1&amp;gt;UltraEdit text editor wiki&amp;lt;/h1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki!==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wiki is designed to be a &amp;quot;less official&amp;quot; documentation source for UltraEdit, the [https://www.ultraedit.com/products/ultraedit/  text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux]. As a user, you are encouraged to contribute to the wiki as you see fit whether that be updating information, adding use cases, helpful tips, etc. Any questions or comments should be [https://www.ultraedit.com/company/contact-us.html#emailform sent to IDM support].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wiki editing help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editing the wiki is incredibly easy and simple. Check out the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet wiki markup cheatsheet] or the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Wiki_markup full documentation on wiki markup].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to edit the UltraEdit wiki, you need to [http://wiki.ultraedit.com/Special:CreateAccount create an account] and be logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting started with UltraEdit==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New users, start here! We&amp;#039;ve created the following topics to help get you up and running with UltraEdit finely-tuned to meet your specific preferences and needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Getting started with UltraEdit|Getting started with UltraEdit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==UltraEdit Help documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
We&amp;#039;ve stratified our in-product help to be conveniently available for you online. Check the help documentation if you&amp;#039;re wanting to know more about a specific feature or functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Help documentation|Help documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1220</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1220"/>
				<updated>2024-12-13T11:36:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: /* Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki! */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#seo:&lt;br /&gt;
|title=UltraEdit text editor wiki&lt;br /&gt;
|description=A wiki containing full help documentation for UltraEdit text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-sm-12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h1&amp;gt;UltraEdit text editor wiki&amp;lt;/h1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Welcome to the UltraEdit wiki!==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wiki is designed to be a &amp;quot;less official&amp;quot; documentation source for UltraEdit, the[https://www.ultraedit.com/products/ultraedit/  text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux]. As a user, you are encouraged to contribute to the wiki as you see fit whether that be updating information, adding use cases, helpful tips, etc. Any questions or comments should be [https://www.ultraedit.com/company/contact-us.html#emailform sent to IDM support].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wiki editing help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editing the wiki is incredibly easy and simple. Check out the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet wiki markup cheatsheet] or the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Wiki_markup full documentation on wiki markup].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to edit the UltraEdit wiki, you need to [http://wiki.ultraedit.com/Special:CreateAccount create an account] and be logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting started with UltraEdit==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New users, start here! We&amp;#039;ve created the following topics to help get you up and running with UltraEdit finely-tuned to meet your specific preferences and needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Getting started with UltraEdit|Getting started with UltraEdit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;col-md-6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==UltraEdit Help documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
We&amp;#039;ve stratified our in-product help to be conveniently available for you online. Check the help documentation if you&amp;#039;re wanting to know more about a specific feature or functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Help documentation|Help documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Select_compiler&amp;diff=1219</id>
		<title>Select compiler</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Select_compiler&amp;diff=1219"/>
				<updated>2024-12-12T12:14:41Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: Redirected page to Main Page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Main_Page]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Category:Build&amp;diff=1218</id>
		<title>Category:Build</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Category:Build&amp;diff=1218"/>
				<updated>2024-12-12T12:14:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: Redirected page to Main Page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Main_Page]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Save_As&amp;diff=1217</id>
		<title>Save As</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Save_As&amp;diff=1217"/>
				<updated>2024-12-12T12:13:43Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: Redirected page to Main Page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Main_Page]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Scripting&amp;diff=1216</id>
		<title>Scripting</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Scripting&amp;diff=1216"/>
				<updated>2024-12-12T12:12:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: Redirected page to Main Page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Main_Page]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Hex_mode&amp;diff=1215</id>
		<title>Hex mode</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Hex_mode&amp;diff=1215"/>
				<updated>2024-12-12T11:53:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: Redirected page to Main Page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Main_Page]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=User_tools&amp;diff=1214</id>
		<title>User tools</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=User_tools&amp;diff=1214"/>
				<updated>2024-12-12T11:46:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: Redirected page to Main Page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Main_Page]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Conversions_(encoding)&amp;diff=1213</id>
		<title>Conversions (encoding)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Conversions_(encoding)&amp;diff=1213"/>
				<updated>2024-12-12T11:46:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: Redirected page to Main Page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Main_Page]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Settings:Editor:Word_wrap/tab_settings&amp;diff=1212</id>
		<title>Settings:Editor:Word wrap/tab settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Settings:Editor:Word_wrap/tab_settings&amp;diff=1212"/>
				<updated>2024-12-12T11:39:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: Redirected page to Main Page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Main_Page]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=INI_file&amp;diff=1211</id>
		<title>INI file</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=INI_file&amp;diff=1211"/>
				<updated>2024-12-12T10:59:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: Redirected page to Main Page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Main_Page]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Https://wiki.ultraedit.com/&amp;diff=1210</id>
		<title>Https://wiki.ultraedit.com/</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Https://wiki.ultraedit.com/&amp;diff=1210"/>
				<updated>2024-12-12T10:59:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: Blanked the page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Https://wiki.ultraedit.com/&amp;diff=1209</id>
		<title>Https://wiki.ultraedit.com/</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Https://wiki.ultraedit.com/&amp;diff=1209"/>
				<updated>2024-12-12T10:58:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: Redirected page to Main Page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Main_Page]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=INI_file&amp;diff=1208</id>
		<title>INI file</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=INI_file&amp;diff=1208"/>
				<updated>2024-12-12T10:37:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: Blanked the page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=INI_file&amp;diff=1207</id>
		<title>INI file</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=INI_file&amp;diff=1207"/>
				<updated>2024-12-12T10:34:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: Redirected page to Https://wiki.ultraedit.com/&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[https://wiki.ultraedit.com/]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Cloud_sync&amp;diff=1206</id>
		<title>Cloud sync</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Cloud_sync&amp;diff=1206"/>
				<updated>2024-09-13T15:05:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Home tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud Sync is no longer available for new licenses as of January 1, 2024. Current license owners can still access it until it is discontinued (date TBD).&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UltraEdit cloud sync.png|right|200px|alt=screenshot of cloud sync in UltraEdit|Cloud sync in UltraEdit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud sync&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is a feature of [https://www.ultraedit.com/products/cloud-services.html Cloud Services], an optional add-on with subscription licenses. With cloud sync, you can share settings between multiple connected systems over the cloud. service that allows users to share settings and files between systems.  You can open the cloud sync window by either clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon in the [[:Category:Home tab|Home tab]], or checking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; checkbox in the [[:Category:Layout tab|Layout tab]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging in ==&lt;br /&gt;
To use cloud sync, you must have a subscription license that includes Cloud Services, and then you must login with an existing identity provider (Google account, Github account, or Microsoft account). Use the same credentials on your other systems where you&amp;#039;ve activated the license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Syncing systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
The system on which you first log into cloud sync is set as &amp;quot;Master,&amp;quot; meaning this is the system that you can push settings to the cloud from. All other systems you log into are considered secondary, meaning you can pull settings from Master onto them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Master&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; system, you&amp;#039;ll see a list of all syncable settings / files as well as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PUSH&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the bottom. Here you can check or uncheck the settings and categories you wish to sync to other systems. Once you click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PUSH&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, these settings are pushed to the cloud.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that macros and scripts are synced &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the &amp;quot;Macro directory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Script directory&amp;quot; paths set in [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;secondary&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; systems, you&amp;#039;ll see the same list of syncable settings as well as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the bottom. You can check or uncheck the settings and categories you wish to sync on this system only. For example, even if the Master system has pushed all settings to the cloud, you might only want to sync the FTP / SSH accounts to this secondary system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a new sync is available on the cloud, a green notification will appear above the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. Once you click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, all selected categories are synced down to the secondary system, overwriting the existing settings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Cloud contents ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can review what is currently on the cloud by clicking the &amp;quot;Cloud&amp;quot; tab. All categories are shown here as well as the origin system and the last time they were synced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of this list is a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete Cloud Contents&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button where you can delete all settings, data, and files that are stored on the cloud with your sync account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can click the &amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#x2699;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot; tab to access settings related to your sync systems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Make Master&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to set the current system as Master. This button is unavailable if the system is already set as Master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit Nickname&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to rename the current system within Cloud Services. By default the machine name is used, but providing a more descriptive name makes management of instances much easier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Remove system&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to remove the current system from the sync account completely. This action will also sign you out of your sync account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reset system&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in this button&amp;#039;s caption, this option will reset the local system to the settings that are currently on the cloud. This is useful on the Master system, for example, where it&amp;#039;s only possible to push settings to the cloud on the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; It&amp;#039;s important to understand that this option is potentially destructive: With the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; option, the local system&amp;#039;s settings and data will never be overwritten with nothing (effectively deleted), however in the case of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reset System&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, cloud sync &amp;#039;&amp;#039;will&amp;#039;&amp;#039; overwrite all local system settings to match the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;exact&amp;#039;&amp;#039; state of data and settings on the cloud. This means that if one settings category doesn&amp;#039;t &amp;#039;&amp;#039;exist&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the cloud, that category will be &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;reset to defaults&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; locally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Undoing a sync ==&lt;br /&gt;
All local settings are backed up each time you pull settings to a secondary system. If wish to undo a pull, you can access and restore from these backups by going to [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]] and clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Restore from local backup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manage account ==&lt;br /&gt;
The cloud sync interface provides account management features. To see all instances (systems) in your sync account including which is Master, from the sync home, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#8592;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the top left. To go back to the sync home, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#8594;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon next to your active system&amp;#039;s name. You can also open the menu at top-left and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sync Home&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within the instances view, you can also click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#x2699;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon next to the current system name to jump to its settings page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see your user settings, open the menu at top-left and select &amp;quot;User Settings&amp;quot;. Here you can delete your entire cloud account, reload (refresh) cloud sync, or sign out of your account on the active system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-see-also&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See also: &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Cloud_sync&amp;diff=1205</id>
		<title>Cloud sync</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Cloud_sync&amp;diff=1205"/>
				<updated>2024-01-19T07:21:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Home tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud sync is being discontinued as of January 1, 2024. Current license owners can use it until expiry.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UltraEdit cloud sync.png|right|200px|alt=screenshot of cloud sync in UltraEdit|Cloud sync in UltraEdit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud sync&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is a feature of [https://www.ultraedit.com/products/cloud-services.html Cloud Services], an optional add-on with subscription licenses. With cloud sync, you can share settings between multiple connected systems over the cloud. service that allows users to share settings and files between systems.  You can open the cloud sync window by either clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon in the [[:Category:Home tab|Home tab]], or checking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; checkbox in the [[:Category:Layout tab|Layout tab]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging in ==&lt;br /&gt;
To use cloud sync, you must have a subscription license that includes Cloud Services, and then you must login with an existing identity provider (Google account, Github account, or Microsoft account). Use the same credentials on your other systems where you&amp;#039;ve activated the license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Syncing systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
The system on which you first log into cloud sync is set as &amp;quot;Master,&amp;quot; meaning this is the system that you can push settings to the cloud from. All other systems you log into are considered secondary, meaning you can pull settings from Master onto them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Master&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; system, you&amp;#039;ll see a list of all syncable settings / files as well as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PUSH&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the bottom. Here you can check or uncheck the settings and categories you wish to sync to other systems. Once you click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PUSH&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, these settings are pushed to the cloud.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that macros and scripts are synced &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the &amp;quot;Macro directory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Script directory&amp;quot; paths set in [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;secondary&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; systems, you&amp;#039;ll see the same list of syncable settings as well as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the bottom. You can check or uncheck the settings and categories you wish to sync on this system only. For example, even if the Master system has pushed all settings to the cloud, you might only want to sync the FTP / SSH accounts to this secondary system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a new sync is available on the cloud, a green notification will appear above the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. Once you click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, all selected categories are synced down to the secondary system, overwriting the existing settings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Cloud contents ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can review what is currently on the cloud by clicking the &amp;quot;Cloud&amp;quot; tab. All categories are shown here as well as the origin system and the last time they were synced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of this list is a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete Cloud Contents&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button where you can delete all settings, data, and files that are stored on the cloud with your sync account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can click the &amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#x2699;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot; tab to access settings related to your sync systems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Make Master&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to set the current system as Master. This button is unavailable if the system is already set as Master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit Nickname&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to rename the current system within Cloud Services. By default the machine name is used, but providing a more descriptive name makes management of instances much easier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Remove system&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to remove the current system from the sync account completely. This action will also sign you out of your sync account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reset system&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in this button&amp;#039;s caption, this option will reset the local system to the settings that are currently on the cloud. This is useful on the Master system, for example, where it&amp;#039;s only possible to push settings to the cloud on the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; It&amp;#039;s important to understand that this option is potentially destructive: With the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; option, the local system&amp;#039;s settings and data will never be overwritten with nothing (effectively deleted), however in the case of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reset System&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, cloud sync &amp;#039;&amp;#039;will&amp;#039;&amp;#039; overwrite all local system settings to match the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;exact&amp;#039;&amp;#039; state of data and settings on the cloud. This means that if one settings category doesn&amp;#039;t &amp;#039;&amp;#039;exist&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the cloud, that category will be &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;reset to defaults&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; locally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Undoing a sync ==&lt;br /&gt;
All local settings are backed up each time you pull settings to a secondary system. If wish to undo a pull, you can access and restore from these backups by going to [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]] and clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Restore from local backup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manage account ==&lt;br /&gt;
The cloud sync interface provides account management features. To see all instances (systems) in your sync account including which is Master, from the sync home, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#8592;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the top left. To go back to the sync home, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#8594;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon next to your active system&amp;#039;s name. You can also open the menu at top-left and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sync Home&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within the instances view, you can also click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#x2699;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon next to the current system name to jump to its settings page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see your user settings, open the menu at top-left and select &amp;quot;User Settings&amp;quot;. Here you can delete your entire cloud account, reload (refresh) cloud sync, or sign out of your account on the active system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-see-also&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See also: &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Cloud_sync&amp;diff=1204</id>
		<title>Cloud sync</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Cloud_sync&amp;diff=1204"/>
				<updated>2024-01-19T07:20:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Home tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cloud sync is being discontinued as of January 1, 2024. Current license owners can use it until expiry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UltraEdit cloud sync.png|right|200px|alt=screenshot of cloud sync in UltraEdit|Cloud sync in UltraEdit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud sync&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is a feature of [https://www.ultraedit.com/products/cloud-services.html Cloud Services], an optional add-on with subscription licenses. With cloud sync, you can share settings between multiple connected systems over the cloud. service that allows users to share settings and files between systems.  You can open the cloud sync window by either clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon in the [[:Category:Home tab|Home tab]], or checking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; checkbox in the [[:Category:Layout tab|Layout tab]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging in ==&lt;br /&gt;
To use cloud sync, you must have a subscription license that includes Cloud Services, and then you must login with an existing identity provider (Google account, Github account, or Microsoft account). Use the same credentials on your other systems where you&amp;#039;ve activated the license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Syncing systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
The system on which you first log into cloud sync is set as &amp;quot;Master,&amp;quot; meaning this is the system that you can push settings to the cloud from. All other systems you log into are considered secondary, meaning you can pull settings from Master onto them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Master&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; system, you&amp;#039;ll see a list of all syncable settings / files as well as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PUSH&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the bottom. Here you can check or uncheck the settings and categories you wish to sync to other systems. Once you click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PUSH&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, these settings are pushed to the cloud.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that macros and scripts are synced &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the &amp;quot;Macro directory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Script directory&amp;quot; paths set in [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;secondary&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; systems, you&amp;#039;ll see the same list of syncable settings as well as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the bottom. You can check or uncheck the settings and categories you wish to sync on this system only. For example, even if the Master system has pushed all settings to the cloud, you might only want to sync the FTP / SSH accounts to this secondary system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a new sync is available on the cloud, a green notification will appear above the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. Once you click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, all selected categories are synced down to the secondary system, overwriting the existing settings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Cloud contents ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can review what is currently on the cloud by clicking the &amp;quot;Cloud&amp;quot; tab. All categories are shown here as well as the origin system and the last time they were synced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of this list is a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete Cloud Contents&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button where you can delete all settings, data, and files that are stored on the cloud with your sync account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can click the &amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#x2699;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot; tab to access settings related to your sync systems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Make Master&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to set the current system as Master. This button is unavailable if the system is already set as Master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit Nickname&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to rename the current system within Cloud Services. By default the machine name is used, but providing a more descriptive name makes management of instances much easier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Remove system&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to remove the current system from the sync account completely. This action will also sign you out of your sync account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reset system&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in this button&amp;#039;s caption, this option will reset the local system to the settings that are currently on the cloud. This is useful on the Master system, for example, where it&amp;#039;s only possible to push settings to the cloud on the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; It&amp;#039;s important to understand that this option is potentially destructive: With the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; option, the local system&amp;#039;s settings and data will never be overwritten with nothing (effectively deleted), however in the case of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reset System&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, cloud sync &amp;#039;&amp;#039;will&amp;#039;&amp;#039; overwrite all local system settings to match the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;exact&amp;#039;&amp;#039; state of data and settings on the cloud. This means that if one settings category doesn&amp;#039;t &amp;#039;&amp;#039;exist&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the cloud, that category will be &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;reset to defaults&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; locally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Undoing a sync ==&lt;br /&gt;
All local settings are backed up each time you pull settings to a secondary system. If wish to undo a pull, you can access and restore from these backups by going to [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]] and clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Restore from local backup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manage account ==&lt;br /&gt;
The cloud sync interface provides account management features. To see all instances (systems) in your sync account including which is Master, from the sync home, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#8592;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the top left. To go back to the sync home, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#8594;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon next to your active system&amp;#039;s name. You can also open the menu at top-left and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sync Home&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within the instances view, you can also click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#x2699;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon next to the current system name to jump to its settings page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see your user settings, open the menu at top-left and select &amp;quot;User Settings&amp;quot;. Here you can delete your entire cloud account, reload (refresh) cloud sync, or sign out of your account on the active system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-see-also&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See also: &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Cloud_sync&amp;diff=1203</id>
		<title>Cloud sync</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Cloud_sync&amp;diff=1203"/>
				<updated>2024-01-19T07:20:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Cloud sync is being discontinued as of January 1, 2024. Current license owners can use it until expiry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Home tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UltraEdit cloud sync.png|right|200px|alt=screenshot of cloud sync in UltraEdit|Cloud sync in UltraEdit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud sync&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is a feature of [https://www.ultraedit.com/products/cloud-services.html Cloud Services], an optional add-on with subscription licenses. With cloud sync, you can share settings between multiple connected systems over the cloud. service that allows users to share settings and files between systems.  You can open the cloud sync window by either clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon in the [[:Category:Home tab|Home tab]], or checking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; checkbox in the [[:Category:Layout tab|Layout tab]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging in ==&lt;br /&gt;
To use cloud sync, you must have a subscription license that includes Cloud Services, and then you must login with an existing identity provider (Google account, Github account, or Microsoft account). Use the same credentials on your other systems where you&amp;#039;ve activated the license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Syncing systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
The system on which you first log into cloud sync is set as &amp;quot;Master,&amp;quot; meaning this is the system that you can push settings to the cloud from. All other systems you log into are considered secondary, meaning you can pull settings from Master onto them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Master&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; system, you&amp;#039;ll see a list of all syncable settings / files as well as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PUSH&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the bottom. Here you can check or uncheck the settings and categories you wish to sync to other systems. Once you click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PUSH&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, these settings are pushed to the cloud.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that macros and scripts are synced &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the &amp;quot;Macro directory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Script directory&amp;quot; paths set in [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;secondary&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; systems, you&amp;#039;ll see the same list of syncable settings as well as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the bottom. You can check or uncheck the settings and categories you wish to sync on this system only. For example, even if the Master system has pushed all settings to the cloud, you might only want to sync the FTP / SSH accounts to this secondary system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a new sync is available on the cloud, a green notification will appear above the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. Once you click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, all selected categories are synced down to the secondary system, overwriting the existing settings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Cloud contents ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can review what is currently on the cloud by clicking the &amp;quot;Cloud&amp;quot; tab. All categories are shown here as well as the origin system and the last time they were synced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of this list is a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete Cloud Contents&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button where you can delete all settings, data, and files that are stored on the cloud with your sync account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can click the &amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#x2699;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot; tab to access settings related to your sync systems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Make Master&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to set the current system as Master. This button is unavailable if the system is already set as Master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit Nickname&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to rename the current system within Cloud Services. By default the machine name is used, but providing a more descriptive name makes management of instances much easier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Remove system&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to remove the current system from the sync account completely. This action will also sign you out of your sync account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reset system&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in this button&amp;#039;s caption, this option will reset the local system to the settings that are currently on the cloud. This is useful on the Master system, for example, where it&amp;#039;s only possible to push settings to the cloud on the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; It&amp;#039;s important to understand that this option is potentially destructive: With the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; option, the local system&amp;#039;s settings and data will never be overwritten with nothing (effectively deleted), however in the case of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reset System&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, cloud sync &amp;#039;&amp;#039;will&amp;#039;&amp;#039; overwrite all local system settings to match the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;exact&amp;#039;&amp;#039; state of data and settings on the cloud. This means that if one settings category doesn&amp;#039;t &amp;#039;&amp;#039;exist&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the cloud, that category will be &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;reset to defaults&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; locally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Undoing a sync ==&lt;br /&gt;
All local settings are backed up each time you pull settings to a secondary system. If wish to undo a pull, you can access and restore from these backups by going to [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]] and clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Restore from local backup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manage account ==&lt;br /&gt;
The cloud sync interface provides account management features. To see all instances (systems) in your sync account including which is Master, from the sync home, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#8592;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the top left. To go back to the sync home, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#8594;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon next to your active system&amp;#039;s name. You can also open the menu at top-left and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sync Home&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within the instances view, you can also click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#x2699;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon next to the current system name to jump to its settings page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see your user settings, open the menu at top-left and select &amp;quot;User Settings&amp;quot;. Here you can delete your entire cloud account, reload (refresh) cloud sync, or sign out of your account on the active system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-see-also&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See also: &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Cloud_sync&amp;diff=1202</id>
		<title>Cloud sync</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Cloud_sync&amp;diff=1202"/>
				<updated>2024-01-19T07:19:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Cloud sync is being discontinued as of January 1, 2024. Current license owners can use it until expiry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Home tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UltraEdit cloud sync.png|right|200px|alt=screenshot of cloud sync in UltraEdit|Cloud sync in UltraEdit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud sync&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is a feature of [https://www.ultraedit.com/products/cloud-services.html Cloud Services], an optional add-on with subscription licenses. With cloud sync, you can share settings between multiple connected systems over the cloud. service that allows users to share settings and files between systems.  You can open the cloud sync window by either clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon in the [[:Category:Home tab|Home tab]], or checking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; checkbox in the [[:Category:Layout tab|Layout tab]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging in ==&lt;br /&gt;
To use cloud sync, you must have a subscription license that includes Cloud Services, and then you must login with an existing identity provider (Google account, Github account, or Microsoft account). Use the same credentials on your other systems where you&amp;#039;ve activated the license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Syncing systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
The system on which you first log into cloud sync is set as &amp;quot;Master,&amp;quot; meaning this is the system that you can push settings to the cloud from. All other systems you log into are considered secondary, meaning you can pull settings from Master onto them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Master&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; system, you&amp;#039;ll see a list of all syncable settings / files as well as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PUSH&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the bottom. Here you can check or uncheck the settings and categories you wish to sync to other systems. Once you click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PUSH&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, these settings are pushed to the cloud.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that macros and scripts are synced &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the &amp;quot;Macro directory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Script directory&amp;quot; paths set in [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;secondary&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; systems, you&amp;#039;ll see the same list of syncable settings as well as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the bottom. You can check or uncheck the settings and categories you wish to sync on this system only. For example, even if the Master system has pushed all settings to the cloud, you might only want to sync the FTP / SSH accounts to this secondary system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a new sync is available on the cloud, a green notification will appear above the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. Once you click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, all selected categories are synced down to the secondary system, overwriting the existing settings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Cloud contents ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can review what is currently on the cloud by clicking the &amp;quot;Cloud&amp;quot; tab. All categories are shown here as well as the origin system and the last time they were synced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of this list is a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete Cloud Contents&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button where you can delete all settings, data, and files that are stored on the cloud with your sync account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can click the &amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#x2699;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot; tab to access settings related to your sync systems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Make Master&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to set the current system as Master. This button is unavailable if the system is already set as Master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit Nickname&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to rename the current system within Cloud Services. By default the machine name is used, but providing a more descriptive name makes management of instances much easier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Remove system&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to remove the current system from the sync account completely. This action will also sign you out of your sync account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reset system&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in this button&amp;#039;s caption, this option will reset the local system to the settings that are currently on the cloud. This is useful on the Master system, for example, where it&amp;#039;s only possible to push settings to the cloud on the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; It&amp;#039;s important to understand that this option is potentially destructive: With the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; option, the local system&amp;#039;s settings and data will never be overwritten with nothing (effectively deleted), however in the case of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reset System&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, cloud sync &amp;#039;&amp;#039;will&amp;#039;&amp;#039; overwrite all local system settings to match the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;exact&amp;#039;&amp;#039; state of data and settings on the cloud. This means that if one settings category doesn&amp;#039;t &amp;#039;&amp;#039;exist&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the cloud, that category will be &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;reset to defaults&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; locally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Undoing a sync ==&lt;br /&gt;
All local settings are backed up each time you pull settings to a secondary system. If wish to undo a pull, you can access and restore from these backups by going to [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]] and clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Restore from local backup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manage account ==&lt;br /&gt;
The cloud sync interface provides account management features. To see all instances (systems) in your sync account including which is Master, from the sync home, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#8592;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the top left. To go back to the sync home, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#8594;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon next to your active system&amp;#039;s name. You can also open the menu at top-left and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sync Home&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within the instances view, you can also click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#x2699;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon next to the current system name to jump to its settings page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see your user settings, open the menu at top-left and select &amp;quot;User Settings&amp;quot;. Here you can delete your entire cloud account, reload (refresh) cloud sync, or sign out of your account on the active system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-see-also&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See also: &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Cloud_sync&amp;diff=1201</id>
		<title>Cloud sync</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Cloud_sync&amp;diff=1201"/>
				<updated>2024-01-19T07:19:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Home tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cloud sync is being discontinued as of January 1, 2024. Current license owners can use it until expiry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UltraEdit cloud sync.png|right|200px|alt=screenshot of cloud sync in UltraEdit|Cloud sync in UltraEdit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud sync&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is a feature of [https://www.ultraedit.com/products/cloud-services.html Cloud Services], an optional add-on with subscription licenses. With cloud sync, you can share settings between multiple connected systems over the cloud. service that allows users to share settings and files between systems.  You can open the cloud sync window by either clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon in the [[:Category:Home tab|Home tab]], or checking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; checkbox in the [[:Category:Layout tab|Layout tab]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging in ==&lt;br /&gt;
To use cloud sync, you must have a subscription license that includes Cloud Services, and then you must login with an existing identity provider (Google account, Github account, or Microsoft account). Use the same credentials on your other systems where you&amp;#039;ve activated the license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Syncing systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
The system on which you first log into cloud sync is set as &amp;quot;Master,&amp;quot; meaning this is the system that you can push settings to the cloud from. All other systems you log into are considered secondary, meaning you can pull settings from Master onto them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Master&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; system, you&amp;#039;ll see a list of all syncable settings / files as well as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PUSH&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the bottom. Here you can check or uncheck the settings and categories you wish to sync to other systems. Once you click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PUSH&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, these settings are pushed to the cloud.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that macros and scripts are synced &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the &amp;quot;Macro directory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Script directory&amp;quot; paths set in [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;secondary&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; systems, you&amp;#039;ll see the same list of syncable settings as well as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the bottom. You can check or uncheck the settings and categories you wish to sync on this system only. For example, even if the Master system has pushed all settings to the cloud, you might only want to sync the FTP / SSH accounts to this secondary system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a new sync is available on the cloud, a green notification will appear above the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. Once you click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, all selected categories are synced down to the secondary system, overwriting the existing settings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Cloud contents ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can review what is currently on the cloud by clicking the &amp;quot;Cloud&amp;quot; tab. All categories are shown here as well as the origin system and the last time they were synced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of this list is a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete Cloud Contents&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button where you can delete all settings, data, and files that are stored on the cloud with your sync account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can click the &amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#x2699;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot; tab to access settings related to your sync systems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Make Master&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to set the current system as Master. This button is unavailable if the system is already set as Master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit Nickname&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to rename the current system within Cloud Services. By default the machine name is used, but providing a more descriptive name makes management of instances much easier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Remove system&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to remove the current system from the sync account completely. This action will also sign you out of your sync account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reset system&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in this button&amp;#039;s caption, this option will reset the local system to the settings that are currently on the cloud. This is useful on the Master system, for example, where it&amp;#039;s only possible to push settings to the cloud on the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; It&amp;#039;s important to understand that this option is potentially destructive: With the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; option, the local system&amp;#039;s settings and data will never be overwritten with nothing (effectively deleted), however in the case of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reset System&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, cloud sync &amp;#039;&amp;#039;will&amp;#039;&amp;#039; overwrite all local system settings to match the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;exact&amp;#039;&amp;#039; state of data and settings on the cloud. This means that if one settings category doesn&amp;#039;t &amp;#039;&amp;#039;exist&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the cloud, that category will be &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;reset to defaults&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; locally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Undoing a sync ==&lt;br /&gt;
All local settings are backed up each time you pull settings to a secondary system. If wish to undo a pull, you can access and restore from these backups by going to [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]] and clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Restore from local backup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manage account ==&lt;br /&gt;
The cloud sync interface provides account management features. To see all instances (systems) in your sync account including which is Master, from the sync home, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#8592;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the top left. To go back to the sync home, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#8594;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon next to your active system&amp;#039;s name. You can also open the menu at top-left and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sync Home&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within the instances view, you can also click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#x2699;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon next to the current system name to jump to its settings page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see your user settings, open the menu at top-left and select &amp;quot;User Settings&amp;quot;. Here you can delete your entire cloud account, reload (refresh) cloud sync, or sign out of your account on the active system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-see-also&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See also: &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Wiki/api.php&amp;diff=1200</id>
		<title>Wiki/api.php</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Wiki/api.php&amp;diff=1200"/>
				<updated>2023-11-28T06:43:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: Blanked the page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Wiki/api.php&amp;diff=1199</id>
		<title>Wiki/api.php</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Wiki/api.php&amp;diff=1199"/>
				<updated>2023-11-28T06:42:45Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: Redirected page to Https://ultraedit.com/&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[https://ultraedit.com/]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Reindent_selection&amp;diff=1198</id>
		<title>Reindent selection</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Reindent_selection&amp;diff=1198"/>
				<updated>2023-09-21T13:02:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Format tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reindent selection&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; allows you to reformat the selected text within the active file. This is typically used when typing source code to reformat existing text according to the settings in [[Settings:Editor:Word_wrap_/_tab_settings|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Editor &amp;amp;raquo; Word wrap/tab settings]] and the automatic [[Wordfiles#Indent_.2F_unindent_strings|indent / unindent strings]] settings for syntax highlighting. The file must be syntax highlighted with a wordfile containing indent / unindent strings in order for reindent selection to have any effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When reindenting, UltraEdit will reindent the selection line by line, starting by &amp;quot;resetting&amp;quot; the indentation of the first line in the selection to column 1 and then applying reindentation to other lines from that point forward until the end of the selection, based upon the indent / unindent strings in the wordfile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UltraEdit will try and determine if the statement causing a change in the indentation is part of a comment or string and ignores it in this case.  However, if the file contains preprocessor conditional statements (#ifdef, #ifndef, etc.) UltraEdit does not attempt to determine which text is valid and which is not.  This may cause lines to be adjusted incorrectly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid problems with conditional statements it is recommended that all conditional sections include the same number of open and close conditional statements.  For examplel, if an &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;if (test) {&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; statement is in the conditional text, make sure the closing brace &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is also in the conditional text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases it may be desirable not to indent lines such as compiler directives or comments.  UltraEdit provides for this capability by allowing strings to be ignored to be defined in the active [[Wordfiles#Indent_.2F_unindent_strings|wordfile]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Wordfiles&amp;diff=1197</id>
		<title>Wordfiles</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Wordfiles&amp;diff=1197"/>
				<updated>2023-05-04T14:32:12Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#seo:&lt;br /&gt;
|title=Configuring syntax highlighting wordfiles in UltraEdit text editor&lt;br /&gt;
|description=Full documentation on creating and configuring syntax highlighting wordfiles in UltraEdit text editor for Windows, Mac, and Linux&lt;br /&gt;
}}[[File:Ultraedit wordfile.png|right|thumb|alt=UltraEdit wordfile|Example of a wordfile used for syntax highlighting in UltraEdit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As discussed in the [[Syntax highlighting]] topic, UltraEdit applies syntax highlighting from definitions and configurations in wordfiles. In order to work properly, wordfiles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* must be in plain text format with DOS style line endings&lt;br /&gt;
* can be in either ANSI, UTF-16, or UTF-8 encoding format (with or without BOM &amp;amp;ndash; Unicode characters are supported for all wordfile settings and definitions)&lt;br /&gt;
* must have a .uew file extension&lt;br /&gt;
* must be no more than 372 KB in size, and finally&lt;br /&gt;
* must be saved in the wordfiles folder shown in [[Settings:Editor display:Syntax highlighting|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Editor Display &amp;amp;raquo; Syntax Highlighting]] (subfolders are ignored).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wordfiles are loaded on startup, or when modified via the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Add syntax highlighting languages|Add another language...]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; dialog. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;easiest&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; way to create your own wordfile is to take one of the existing wordfiles and modify it as desired, saving it into the wordfiles directory with a unique name and .uew file extension. You will need to restart UltraEdit in order to initialize the new wordfile, but once initialized, any changes you make to it will be reflected in real-time when you switch to an open file being highlighted by the wordfile you&amp;#039;re modifying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This topic exhaustively documents all possible options and sections of the wordfile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Language definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
The first step to creating a valid wordfile is defining the language it will apply highlighting for. This is done on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;first line&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; of the wordfile via the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/L#&amp;quot;Language Name&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
...where &amp;quot;#&amp;quot; is a number (no longer used for sorting purposes but still required) and &amp;quot;Language Name&amp;quot; is the name as it will appear in the list of available syntax highlighting languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Language options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several keywords available for specifying syntax highlighting behavior options in the wordfile. These options are set by simply including the keyword in the wordfile. These are typically added immediately after the language definition on line 1 of the wordfile, but can be listed on their own line if you desire. Note: If the option is on its own line in the wordfile, it must be preceded by a forward slash, e.g.:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/DisableMLS&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
!Option name&lt;br /&gt;
!Behavior&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Nocase&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Disables case sensitivity for syntax highlighting. By default, syntax highlighting &amp;#039;&amp;#039;is&amp;#039;&amp;#039; case sensitive.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Noquote&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Disables string highlighting for the language completely.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;EnableMLS&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Enables multi-line string support (an unclosed string may span multiple lines) for the language.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;DisableMLS&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Disables multi-line string support (an unclosed string will not be highlighted past the first line) for the language.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;NestBlockComments&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Enables the matching/pairing of nested block comment highlighting if the coding language supports these. (HTML, for example, does not.)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;EnableCFByIndent&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Overrides any code folding string and applies code folding based upon the code&amp;#039;s indentation level (for languages like Python).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;EnableSpellasYouType&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Enables spell-as-you-type inline spell checking for the language (if set in [[Settings:Spell checker:Miscellaneous|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Spell checker &amp;amp;raquo; Miscellaneous]]).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Special &amp;quot;_LANG&amp;quot; language flags ==&lt;br /&gt;
In order to apply correct syntax highlighting and other wordfile-based functionality, for several languages, special internal handling is required. These languages are determined via special flags in the wordfile. There are a fixed number of special language flags, and more may be added in the future. The available flags are described in detail below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The language flag must exist on the line 1 of the wordfile somewhere after the language definition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Important note: each language flag may exist only once in a single wordfile. Adding a language flag to multiple wordfiles will result in unexpected / incorrect highlighting for the associated language(s).&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
!Flag&lt;br /&gt;
!For language&lt;br /&gt;
|-|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;AASM_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AT&amp;amp;T Assembly&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ASP_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ASP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the .asp(x) file extension (and all variants) should be listed in the HTML wordfile to support multi-language embedded ASP highlighting. This will not adversely affect standalone ASP files.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;COBOL_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;COBOL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;CSHARP_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;C#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;CSS_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;C_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;C/C++&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ECMA_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;EcmaScript&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;FORTRAN_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;FORTRAN&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this flag, in highlighted source files UltraEdit treats a &amp;#039;C&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;c&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;*&amp;#039; in the first column as a line comment indicator and the rest of the line is highlighted as a line comment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;HTML_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;HTML&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HTML is considerably different from other coding languages.  With the HTML_LANG keyword, in the wordfile itself, the special characters &amp;quot;&amp;lt;&amp;quot; and optionally &amp;quot;/&amp;quot; can be prepended to any keyword in the wordfile without having to sort lines as is normally required for wordfile color groups. For example, all keywords beginning with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;a&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;&amp;lt;/a&amp;quot; should be on the same line as other words beginning with &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;.  In the same way, all words beginning with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;b&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;&amp;lt;/b&amp;quot; should be on the same line as other words beginning with &amp;quot;b&amp;quot;, but on a different line from those starting with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;a&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&amp;lt;/a&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This flag also controls HTML tag matching and some other special internal handling for HTML syntax highlighting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This flag also sets which language type to allow multi-language web-based highlighting; for example, CSS, JavaScript, or PHP embedded in a .html file.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;JAVA_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Java&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;JSON_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;JSON&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
JSON syntax doesn&amp;#039;t use keywords but key / value pairs separated by a colon. This flag triggers special internal handling for highlighting the unique JSON syntax. While there are a couple of keywords in the JSON wordfile, most highlighting controls are hard-coded for this language.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;JSCRIPT_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;JavaScript&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;LATEX_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;LaTeX&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the LaTeX language flag, UltraEdit applies special highlighting to allow words to be appropriately handled and highlighted with the &amp;quot;\&amp;quot;, and with consecutive words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This also allows the keywords to be sorted in the wordfile color group without all of them being on the same line.  If the keyword begins with &amp;quot;\&amp;quot; then the second character is used to determine which line the word should be on.  For example, all words beginning with &amp;quot;\a&amp;quot; should be on the same line as other words beginning with &amp;quot;\a&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;.  In the same way, all words beginning with &amp;quot;\b&amp;quot; should be on the same line as other words beginning with &amp;quot;\b&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;b&amp;quot; but on a different line from those starting with &amp;quot;\a&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;MASM_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Assembly&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;MARKDOWN_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Markdown&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Markdown&amp;#039;s syntax is so drastically different than most other languages, this flag triggers special internal handling for highlighting the unique  Markdown syntax. There are no Markdown keywords in the default Markdown wordfile, but each (internally handled) color group is defined so that its colors can be modified as desired in the active theme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, embedded HTML syntax highlighting is fully supported in files highlighted as this type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This flag is required to support Markdown rendering in [[Live preview]].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;MATLAB_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;MATLAB&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;NASM_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Netwide Assembly&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PASCAL_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pascal&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PERL_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Perl&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PHP_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PHP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the .php file extension should be listed in the HTML wordfile to support multi-language embedded PHP highlighting. This will not adversely affect standalone PHP files.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PLB_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PLB&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PUREBASIC_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PureBasic&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PYTHON_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Python&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;RUBY_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ruby&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SQL_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SQL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;VBSCRIPT_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;VBScript&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;VB_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Visual Basic&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;XML_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;XML&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;XSL_LANG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;XSL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comments ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Line comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
Line comments can be defined with the following syntax, typically placed on line 1 of the wordfile:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Line Comment = #&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Line Comment = #&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (if on its own line in wordfile)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above would cause all text following a &amp;quot;#&amp;quot; character to be colored as a comment until the end of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: If &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Block Comment On&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Block Comment On Alt&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is defined in the wordfile, but the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Block Comment Off&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;/&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Block Comment Off Alt&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is not, the block commenting will stop at the end of the line.  This effectively allows block comments to be used as line comments also. (See [[#Block comments|Block comments]] section below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Line comments must be 5 characters or less. If less than 5 characters and on the first line of the wordfile, the characters must be followed by a space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define a second set of line comments with the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Line Comment Alt = //&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Line Comment Alt = //&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (if on its own line in wordfile)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above would cause all text following &amp;quot;//&amp;quot; to be colored as a comment until the end of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some languages may require a space follow the line comment character. To facilitate this, the following wordfile definition is available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Line Comment Num = xCC &amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Line Comment Num = xCC &amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (if on its own line in wordfile)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
...where x specifies the number of characters (1 to 5) and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;immediately&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; following are the characters to be used as line comments.  In the example above, x would be 3 since the line comment would be &amp;quot;CC &amp;quot; (note the space after &amp;quot;CC&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, UltraEdit will treat all characters preceding a comment as valid, but some languages may require that line comments are only valid if they occur after specific characters.  To facilitate this, the following wordfile definition is available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Line Comment Preceding Chars = [a-z]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Line Comment Preceding Chars = [a-z]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (if on its own line in wordfile)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, UltraEdit would only identify line comments if the line comment character immediately follows any character a &amp;amp;ndash; z.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;~&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to specify a negative matching set of characters  (i.e., comments are &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; valid if they are preceded by the following characters):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Line Comment Preceding Chars = [~a-z]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Line Comment Preceding Chars = [~a-z]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (if on its own line in wordfile)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While ranges are helpful for defining line comment preceding characters, they&amp;#039;re not required. You can also specify each character, for example &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Line Comment Preceding Chars = [~abcdefg]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, UltraEdit would only identify line comments if the line comment character &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;does not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; immediately follow any character a &amp;amp;ndash; z.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You can use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;^&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; as an an escape character to define a literal &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; as a line comment preceding character, for example: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Line Comment Preceding Chars = [[^]]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. In this example, UltraEdit would only identify line comments if the line comment character immediately follows a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, UltraEdit will treat comment characters in any column as a valid comment, but some languages may require that line comments must start in a specific column(s). To facilitate this, the following wordfile definition is available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Line Comment Valid Columns = [1-7,10]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Line Comment Valid Columns = [1-7,10]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (if on its own line in wordfile)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, UltraEdit would only identify and highlight line comments if the line comment character occurs at columns 1 through 7, or at column 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Block comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Block comments can be defined with the following syntax, typically placed on line 1 of the wordfile:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Block Comment On = /* Block Comment Off = */&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Block Comment On = /*&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Block Comment Off = */&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (if on its own line in wordfile)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above would cause all text between &amp;quot;/*&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;*/&amp;quot; to be highlighted as a block comment, even if it spans multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: If &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Block Comment On&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is defined in the wordfile, but the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Block Comment Off&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is not, the block commenting will stop at the end of the line.  This effectively allows the block comments to be used as line comments also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define a second set of alternative block comments as well. These can be defined with the following syntax, typically placed on line 1 of the wordfile:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Block Comment On Alt = /* Block Comment Off Alt = */&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Block Comment On Alt = /*&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Block Comment Off Alt = */&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (if on its own line in wordfile)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both block comments and alternate block comments must be no more than 19 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, ULtraEdit will end block comment highlighting at the next block comment close string in the source code. To force UltraEdit to explicitly match all block comment start strings with all block comment end strings, use the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;NestBlockComments&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; directive as described above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Strings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, in any syntax highlighted file, UltraEdit will highlight any text following a double quote (&amp;quot;) or single quote (&amp;#039;) as a string. The string highlighting occurs until a matching string character of the same type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can override the string characters in the wordfile, or disable them completely with the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Noquote&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; directive on line 1. To set custom string characters, use the following syntax, typically placed on line 1 of the wordfile:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;String Chars = &amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/String Chars = &amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (if on its own line in wordfile)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above, only text following &amp;quot; would be highlighted as a string. No more than 2 string characters can be defined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have 2 different string characters set (or are using the defaults) and want a different highlighting color for both types of strings, you can include the string character in one of the color groups in a line by itself, then configure the color for the string&amp;#039;s color group in your theme. This will override the default string highlighting color in your them. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/L1&amp;quot;My language&amp;quot; Line Comment = // Block Comment On = /* Block Comment Off = */ String Chars = &amp;#039;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/C1&amp;quot;Special strings&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above, any strings encapsulated by &amp;quot; would be highlighted with the color set for the &amp;quot;Special strings&amp;quot; color group, whereas any strings encapsulated by &amp;#039; would be highlighted with the regular color for strings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UltraEdit supports multi-line string highlighting, however you can configure this. By default, UltraEdit will highlight strings spanning multiple lines. To disable this, add the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;DisableMLS&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; directive to line 1 of the wordfile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== String literal prefix ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define a string prefix character for string literals in the wordfile as well. For example, in C# the string literal is defined by an &amp;quot;@&amp;quot; sign preceding the string.  To set the string literal character, use the following syntax, typically placed on line 1 of the wordfile:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;String Literal Prefix = @&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/String Literal Prefix = @&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (if on its own line in wordfile)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, the &amp;quot;@&amp;quot; before the string indicates that a backslash is not an escape character which is useful for encapsulating file paths in strings. To illustrate, the following two statements are equivalent:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;c:\\data\\&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
@&amp;quot;c:\data\&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The only special character in a @&amp;quot;...&amp;quot; literal is the double quote (&amp;quot;), which is simply doubled if you need to embed one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Escape characters ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most languages support an escape character (usually &amp;quot;\&amp;quot;) for overriding string characters (and other characters with special meanings as well). You can define the escape character using the following syntax, typically placed on line 1 of the wordfile:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Escape Char = \&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Escape Char = \&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (if on its own line in wordfile)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File extensions / names ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== File extensions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, UltraEdit uses a file&amp;#039;s extension to determine which wordfile/language to use for its syntax highlighting. The file extensions for a particular wordfile / language are set in the wordfile, typically at the end of line 1, using the following syntax with each file extension separated by a space:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;File Extensions =  C CPP CC CXX H HPP AWK&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/File Extensions =  C CPP CC CXX H HPP AWK&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (if on its own line in wordfile)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File extensions are &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; case sensitive. When checking a file&amp;#039;s extension, UltraEdit will only evaluate the characters &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;after&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; the last dot in the file&amp;#039;s name. A maximum of 97 single-byte characters are supported for this setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set a default syntax highlighting language by adding an asterisk (*) to the file extensions definition. This would force all files not matching a file extension in any other wordfile to use this wordfile / language for syntax highlighting. This includes new unsaved files and files without an extension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== File names ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases, you may want to assign a wordfile / language based upon the full file name. This can be set typically on line 1 of the wordfile, use the following syntax with each file name separated by a space:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;File Names =  config myfile.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/File Names =  config myfile.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (if on its own line in wordfile)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, any file named &amp;quot;config&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;myfile.xml&amp;quot; would be highlighted with this wordfile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A maximum of 125 single-byte characters are supported for this setting. Names including spaces may not be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shebang parsing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perl, XML, and other script source files are frequently saved without an extension. To ensure proper, automatic highlighting of these, if the file&amp;#039;s extension does not match any of the existing wordfiles&amp;#039; definitions, UltraEdit will search for a language marker / shebang in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;first line&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; of the source file. The following defaults are used:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
!Language&lt;br /&gt;
!Language identifier (must be in line 1)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Perl&lt;br /&gt;
|#!/usr/bin/perl &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PHP &lt;br /&gt;
|#!/bin/php &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Python&lt;br /&gt;
|#!/bin/python &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|XML&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;?xml &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other script files (especially Unix shell scripts) often use some form of the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shebang_(Unix) shebang line] to identify the language or script to be used, for example &amp;quot;#!/bin/ksh&amp;quot;. To support these, you can extend the internal functionality with the language marker setting using the following syntax on a separate line in the wordfile:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/LanguageMarker = #!/bin/ksh&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also set multiple flags using the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/LanguageMarker = &amp;quot;ksh&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sh&amp;quot; &amp;quot;csh&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above example, any files with the following lines would be matched and the syntax highlighting of the wordfile would be applied:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;#!/bin/ksh&lt;br /&gt;
#! /usr/bin/sh&lt;br /&gt;
#!/usr/local/bin/csh&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Function list strings ==&lt;br /&gt;
In order to populate the [[Function list]], UltraEdit uses function strings defined in the wordfile. Function strings are regular expressions used to match and identify functions is source code. (They don&amp;#039;t necessarily have to be used for functions; they can be used for whatever you wish to list in the function list.) Function listing is &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; case sensitive, regardless of whether the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Nocase&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; directive is in the wordfile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historically UltraEdit has used its legacy [[Regular expressions|regular expressions]] syntax for function strings. However, you can specify that function strings will use [[Perl regular expressions]] syntax (recommended and used by most modern wordfiles) by adding the following to the top portion of the wordfile on its own line:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Regexp Type = Perl&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The recommended method for creating or modifying function strings is through the [[Modify groups]] dialog, accessible by right-clicking in the function list and selecting &amp;quot;Configuration.&amp;quot; If modified through this GUI, functions can be arranged and displayed in a hierarchical tree-style view, with the function strings being written out to the wordfile automatically. When written out automatically, these function strings will look similar to the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/TGBegin &amp;quot;Functions&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/TGFindStr = &amp;quot;^(?!if\b|else\b|while\b|[\s*])(?:[\w*~_&amp;amp;]+?\s+){1,6}([\w:*~_&amp;amp;]+\s*)\([^);]*\)[^{;]*?(?:^[^\r\n{]*;?[\s]+){0,10}\{&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/TGBegin &amp;quot;Parameters&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/TGFindStr = &amp;quot;\s*([^,]+)&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/TGFindBStart = &amp;quot;\(&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/TGFindBEnd = &amp;quot;\)&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/TGEnd&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/TGBegin &amp;quot;Variables&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/TGFindStr = &amp;quot;^[ \t]*((?:static[ \t*]+)?(?:const[ \t*]+)?(?:(?:un)?signed[ \t*]+)?(?:long[ \t*]+)?[a-z0-9_]+[ \t*&amp;amp;]+[a-z0-9[\]_]+);&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/TGFindBStart = &amp;quot;\{&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/TGFindBEnd = &amp;quot;\}&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/TGFindStr = &amp;quot;^[ \t]*((?:static[ \t*]+)?(?:const[ \t*]+)?(?:(?:un)?signed[ \t*]+)?(?:long[ \t*]+)?[a-z0-9_]+[ \t*&amp;amp;]+[a-z0-9[\]_]+)[ \t]*=.+;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/TGFindBStart = &amp;quot;\{&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/TGFindBEnd = &amp;quot;\}&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/TGEnd&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/TGEnd&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since these function strings are created automatically by the editor, it is not recommended nor supported to modify them directly. However, you can create your own function strings and manually add them to the wordfile using the legacy function string syntax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Legacy function strings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use legacy function strings, add a line similar to the following with the regular expression that matches functions in your source files:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Function String = &amp;quot;^[ \t]*function[ \t]([^\(])+&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Up to 6 function strings are supported, and each subsequent string should be on its own line with a sequential number starting with 1 for the second function string. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Function String = &amp;quot;&amp;lt;regexp1&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Function String 1 = &amp;quot;&amp;lt;regexp2&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Function String 2 = &amp;quot;&amp;lt;regexp3&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Function String 3 = &amp;quot;&amp;lt;regexp4&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Function String 4 = &amp;quot;&amp;lt;regexp5&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Function String 5 = &amp;quot;&amp;lt;regexp6&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The regular expression you provide for the function string must be encapsulated in double quotes and should tag (via the regular expression&amp;#039;s tagging syntax) the portion of the regular expression that will match the function name, as this is what will be returned in the function list. In the real example above using the regular expression &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[ \t]*function[ \t]([^\(])+[ \t]+&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, any preceding whitespace, the word &amp;quot;function,&amp;quot; any trailing whitespace after the word &amp;quot;function&amp;quot;, and any number of characters that are not &amp;quot;(&amp;quot; would be matched, but only the last portion would be returned in the function list as it is the only portion that is tagged via parentheses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Showing commented functions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, functions inside of comments (whether line or block comments) aren&amp;#039;t shown in the function list.  If you want functions inside of commented text to be displayed in the function list, add the following setting to the wordfile on the top line:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strip Comments = False&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strip Comments = No&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Strip Comments = False&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;  or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Strip Comments = No&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (if on its own line in wordfile)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Delimiters ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delimiters are defined as any non-word character. UltraEdit has a default set of built-in delimiters, but you can override these and define your own delimiters on a per-wordfile basis. This is useful if you have a non-standard coding language or some sort of non-grammar-based syntax that may not use standard grammar rules. You can also use this if the language uses what are typically non-word characters as word characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To specify the delimiters, add a new line similar to the following to the wordfile:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Delimiters = ~!@$%^&amp;amp;*()_-+=|\/{}[]:;&amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;&amp;gt; ,.?/&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the delimiters setting does not exist in the wordfile, UltraEdit&amp;#039;s built-in defaults are used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the exception of the &amp;quot;&amp;lt;&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot; characters in HTML, a character that is a delimiter cannot also be part of a word. So, for example, you cannot specify keywords including the @ symbol and list @ as a delimiter in the wordfile. However, a delimiter &amp;#039;&amp;#039;can&amp;#039;&amp;#039; be included at the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;beginning&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; of a keyword and be highlighted accordingly, but delimiters cannot be included in the middle of keywords.  If a &amp;quot;compound&amp;quot; keyword, or a keyword that includes a delimiter character between two sections is desired, the delimiter character would need to be removed from the delimiters list in the wordfile, or the two portions of the keyword would need to be defined separately to highlight correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to assign the delimiter characters to the color sections.  If you have a character that is a delimiter, such as a &amp;#039;+&amp;#039;, and you wish this to be colored with one of the keyword color groups you may add this character to a line of its own under the color section, and this will retain its recognition as a delimiter &amp;#039;&amp;#039;and&amp;#039;&amp;#039; be highlighted with the appropriate color.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Delimiter overrides ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For some languages, it may be desirable to override delimiters (i.e., word boundaries) for selecting and Ctrl + Left / Right Arrow. For example, in PHP files you may want the leading &amp;quot;$&amp;quot; to be selected when double-clicking a variable name like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;$my_var&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, but you would &amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039; want this behavior in other plain text files. To facilitate this, add a new line similar to the following to the wordfile:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Word Select Include = $&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add as many non-word characters as you&amp;#039;d like for this setting. Any character specified here (including tab / space) will be included in a selection when double-clicking on a word, and will be skipped over when using Ctrl + Left / Right Arrow to reposition the caret in the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Indent / unindent strings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UltraEdit provids automatic indentation on a per-language basis to indent or unindent a line when the indent / unindent string is typed. By default, UltraEdit uses &amp;quot;{&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;}&amp;quot; as indent and unindent strings, respectively. To override this and specify your own indent and unindent strings, use the following syntax on separate lines in the wordfile:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Indent Strings = &amp;quot;{&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Unindent Strings = &amp;quot;}&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any number of words/strings may be specified in quotes (each word or string must be in a separate set of quotes). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an indent string is typed in a file being highlighted by the wordfile, an indent will be added to the line. The indent value (tab/spaces, and number thereof) is in accordance with your indentation settings in [[Settings:Editor:Word wrap/tab settings|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Editor &amp;amp;raquo; Word wrap/tab settings]]. The indentation is the next tab stop over from the indentation of the preceding line (same as if the Tab key was pressed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an unindent string is typed in a file being highlighted by the wordfile, an indent will be removed from the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When reindenting existing text (see [[Reindent selection]]), you may want to avoid indenting certain lines that are commented out or are compiler directives, for example. You can prevent this by adding indentation ignore strings to the wordfile on a separate line using the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Ignore Strings SOL = &amp;quot;#&amp;quot; &amp;quot;//&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any number of words/strings may be specified in quotes (each word or string must be in a separate set of quotes).   For the word to match it must be the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; character(s) of the line. If a line does begin with one of these ignore strings, it would not be indented, and the indenting of the next line would continue on as if this line didn&amp;#039;t exist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Code folding strings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UltraEdit provides code folding on a per-language basis. By default, UltraEdit uses &amp;quot;{&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;}&amp;quot; as open fold and close fold strings, respectively. To override this and specify your own open / close fold strings, use the following syntax on separate lines in the wordfile:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Open Fold Strings = &amp;quot;{&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Close Fold Strings = &amp;quot;}&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, if you want code folding of the source language to be based on indentation rather than strings, add the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;EnableCFByIndent&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; directive to line 1 of the wordfile. This will override any open/close fold strings set in the wordfile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases, you may want the fold logic to ingore lines containing a certain string. To facilitate this, add the following line to the wordfile:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Ignore Fold Strings = &amp;quot;Exit Function&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that there are no default ignore fold strings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UltraEdit also allows you to specify open and close fold strings that are recognized in block comments only via the following lines in the wordfile:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Open Comment Fold Strings = &amp;quot;#Region&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Close Comment Fold Strings = &amp;quot;#End Region&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brace matching strings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UltraEdit provides brace matching (and the ability to jump to / select matching brace) on a per-language basis. UltraEdit uses the standard brace pairs as defaults: &amp;quot;(&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;)&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;{&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;}&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;[&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;]&amp;quot;. However, you can override these by using the following syntax on separate lines in the wordfile: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Open Brace Strings = &amp;quot;If&amp;quot; &amp;quot;For&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Select Case&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Else&amp;quot; &amp;quot;ElseIf&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Close Brace Strings = &amp;quot;End If&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot; &amp;quot;End Select&amp;quot; &amp;quot;End If&amp;quot; &amp;quot;ElseIf&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&amp;#039;s important to note that, unlike code folding and indent/unindent strings, brace matching strunks &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;must&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; be positionally matched in their lists. So in the above example, &amp;quot;If&amp;quot; will only brace match to &amp;quot;End If,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;For&amp;quot; will only brace match to &amp;quot;Next,&amp;quot; etc. &amp;quot;If&amp;quot; will &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; brace match to &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;, because &amp;quot;If&amp;quot; occurs &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the open brace string list while &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot; occurs &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;second&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the close brace string list. Because of this, there may be valid cases where there are duplicate open or close brace strings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Marker characters ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There may be instances where all text between two characters should be highlighted. UltraEdit facilitates this via marker characters, which mark the first and last part of a string that UltraEdit will highlight.  All characters between the two characters are highlighted including the marker characters themselves. To add marker characters, add the following to the wordfile on its own line:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Marker Characters = &amp;quot;ab&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
...where &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; is the first character of the string to be highlighted and &amp;quot;b&amp;quot; is the last character.  All characters between &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;b&amp;quot; will be highlighted, including spaces.  If the line is a comment or string, marker characters are ignored.  Alphanumeric characters may be used, but whitespace characters (space/tab) are not supported as marker characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marker character highlighting does not span multiple lines; the highlighting will end either at the first occurrence of the closing marker character or the end of the line, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define up to 4 pairs of characters to highlight between as in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Marker Characters = &amp;quot;abcdefgh&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
...where strings starting with &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; and ending with &amp;quot;b&amp;quot; are highlighted as are strings starting with &amp;quot;c&amp;quot; and ending with &amp;quot;d&amp;quot;, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must also configure the color of the highlighted string by adding the two marker characters under the appropriate color group section as if they were a word such as &amp;quot;ab&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;cd&amp;quot;, etc. See the [[#Keyword color groups|keyword color groups]] section. Marker character highlighting will not work if they&amp;#039;re not added to a color group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Keyword color groups==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keyword color groups comprise the bulk of most wordfiles. These sections are simply collections of string-based keywords that are highlighted within source files. UltraEdit supports up to 20 color groups. The contents of color groups can be arbitrarily determined by the user, although in most cases color groups are used to contain similar types of the language&amp;#039;s keywords (for example, &amp;quot;Built-in functions,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Operators,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Basic keywords,&amp;quot; etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each color group&amp;#039;s first line must consist of a &amp;quot;/C#&amp;quot; directive to designate the color group. The &amp;quot;#&amp;quot; must be a unique number in sequential order, starting with 1. Additionally, you can specify a name for the color group in quotes immediately following the &amp;quot;/C#&amp;quot; directive. While the name is optional, it is highly recommended to provide this as it is used to label the language&amp;#039;s color group setting in the theme. The name can be up to 24 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords within a color group &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;must&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; be sorted alphabetically. Multiple keywords starting with the same character may be on one line, as long as they are separated by a space and sorted alphabetically. By default, keyword highlighting is case sensitive, but you can make highlighting case-insensitive by adding the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Nocase&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; directive to line 1 of the wordfile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the language is case sensitive, the letter &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; is different from &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; and so words starting with &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;must&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; be on a different line than words starting with &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;.  Otherwise, &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; are seen as the same letter and keywords beggining with either of these should be grouped / sorted as such.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/C1&amp;quot;Basic keywords&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;auto&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;break&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;case const continue&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;default defined do&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;else extern&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;for&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;goto&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;if &amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;register return&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;signed sizeof static switch&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;typedef&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;union unsigned&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;void volatile&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;while&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/C2&amp;quot;Data Types&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;bool byte&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;char class&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;decimal delegate double&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;enum&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;float&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;int interface&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;long&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;object&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sbyte short string struct&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;uint ulong ushort&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Keywords beginning with a sub-string ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many languages include support for a predefined substring, however the rest of the word is not known or is determined by the programmer as (s)he is writing the code, for example, variables beginning with &amp;quot;$&amp;quot; in PHP. Because variable names are completely arbitrary, it is not possible to highlight them with a string-based syntax. To facilitate these cases, UltraEdit provides sub-string support. The sub-strings must be defined within a color group, as with any other set of keywords, however the line containing the sub-strings should start with &amp;quot;** &amp;quot; and all sub-strings should be on the same line, sorted alphabetically. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/C3&amp;quot;Variables&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;** $ aaa bbb&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, all words in the source file beginning with &amp;quot;$&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;aaa&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;bbb&amp;quot; would be highlighted as the &amp;quot;Variables&amp;quot; color group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Keywords starting with &amp;quot;/&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As UltraEdit uses &amp;#039;/&amp;#039; as a command character within the wordfile, keywords that begin with this character require special handling.  To highlight words beginning with a &amp;#039;/&amp;#039; the line should begin with &amp;#039;// &amp;#039; followed by the keywords themselves, sorted alphabetically. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/C4&amp;quot;Some / keywords&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;// /akeyword /mykeyword /zkeyword &amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== IntelliTips markers ==&lt;br /&gt;
Special markers are available in the wordfile to identify keyword groups for IntelliTips support. These markers are added on the same line as a color group declaration (e.g., &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/C1&amp;quot;Functions&amp;quot; STYLE_FUNCTIONS&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;).  Currently the use of the style elements is limited but may be expanded in the future.  A complete list of style elements follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
!Marker&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;STYLE_KEYWORD&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;STYLE_STATEMENT&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;STYLE_EVENT&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;STYLE_OPERATOR&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;STYLE_EXTENSION&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;STYLE_FUNCTION&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;STYLE_TAG&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;STYLE_ATTRIBUTE&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;STYLE_METHOD&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;STYLE_ELEMENT&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;STYLE_REGEX&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;STYLE_VARIABLE&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;STYLE_COMMAND&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-see-also&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See also: &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Syntax highlighting]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Add syntax highlighting languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Settings:Editor display:Syntax highlighting|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Editor display &amp;amp;raquo; Syntax highlighting]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Activating_your_license_key&amp;diff=1196</id>
		<title>Activating your license key</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Activating_your_license_key&amp;diff=1196"/>
				<updated>2023-03-30T11:04:41Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:General]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can activate UltraEdit / UEStudio and unlock trial mode by entereing your &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;license ID&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;password&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; into the activation dialog. (You receive your license ID and password via email after placing a successful order online, over the phone, or via purchase order.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activate dialog.png|alt=screenshot of license activation dialog]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the activation dialog by any of the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking the &amp;quot;Enter license key&amp;quot; button in the trial dialog&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking the &amp;quot;Enter license key&amp;quot; option in the [[:Category:File_menu|File menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking the &amp;quot;Enter license key&amp;quot; option in the &amp;quot;Support&amp;quot; drop down menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Internet connection is required to activate your license. If you do not have an Internet connection and need an [[#Offline activation|offline activation]], you must [https://www.ultraedit.com/company/contact-us.html#contactForm contact IDM support] to obtain offline activation codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering your license ID and password, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Activate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button to finalize the activation and unlock trial mode. After your license ID and password have been validated, you should see a dialog indicating that the activation was successful:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activate dialog successful.png|alt=screenshot of successful activation message]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; If you purchased an [https://www.ultraedit.com/products/idm-all-access.html IDM All Access subscription license], you will only need to activate your license one time. Once one IDM application has been activated on the system with the All Access license, all other IDM applications on that system will be automatically activated as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If necessary, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Support options&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button and then the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Proxy&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button to input proxy server information. For most users this should not be necessary as all IDM applications will use the proxy settings specified for Internet Explorer, if configured, on the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activate dialog proxy.png|alt=screenshot of license activation dialog&amp;#039;s proxy options]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Offline activation==&lt;br /&gt;
If online activation is not possible because there is no Internet connection available, you will need to use the offline activation dialog to register.  To access the offline activation options, press Ctrl + Shift, then click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Activate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button in the Activation dialog. This will open the offline activation dialog as shown below.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activate dialog offline.png|alt=screenshot of offline activation dialog]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;License ID&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Password&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; fields must be entered as provided in your license email.  The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;User Code 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;User Code 2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; fields will be pre-populated with numeric values.  You must call or email this information to [mailto:support@ultraedit.com support@ultraedit.com] in an email, and we will reply with the value to enter into the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Authorization Code 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; If any values other than those provided by IDM Computer Solutions, Inc. are entered here, this will cause the values in the user code fields to be recalculated the next time the offline activation dialog is opened.  Please do not enter any values except those provided by our support team.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Activating_your_license_key&amp;diff=1195</id>
		<title>Activating your license key</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Activating_your_license_key&amp;diff=1195"/>
				<updated>2023-03-30T11:04:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:General]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can activate UltraEdit / UEStudio and unlock trial mode by entereing your &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;license ID&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;password&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; into the activation dialog. (You receive your license ID and password via email after placing a successful order online, over the phone, or via purchase order.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activate dialog.png|alt=screenshot of license activation dialog]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the activation dialog by any of the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking the &amp;quot;Enter license key&amp;quot; button in the trial dialog&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking the &amp;quot;Enter license key&amp;quot; option in the [[:Category:File_menu|File menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking the &amp;quot;Enter license key&amp;quot; option in the &amp;quot;Support&amp;quot; drop down menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Internet connection is required to activate your license. If you do not have an Internet connection and need an [[#Offline activation|offline activation]], you must [https://www.ultraedit.com/company/contact-us.html#contactForm contact IDM support] to obtain offline activation codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After entering your license ID and password, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Activate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button to finalize the activation and unlock trial mode. After your license ID and password have been validated, you should see a dialog indicating that the activation was successful:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activate dialog successful.png|alt=screenshot of successful activation message]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; If you purchased an [https://www.ultraedit.com/products/idm-all-access.html IDM All Access subscription license], you will only need to activate your license one time. Once one IDM application has been activated on the system with the All Access license, all other IDM applications on that system will be automatically activated as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If necessary, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Support options&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button and then the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Proxy&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button to input proxy server information. For most users this should not be necessary as all IDM applications will use the proxy settings specified for Internet Explorer, if configured, on the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activate dialog proxy.png|alt=screenshot of license activation dialog&amp;#039;s proxy options]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Offline activation==&lt;br /&gt;
If online activation is not possible because there is no Internet connection available, you will need to use the offline activation dialog to register.  To access the offline activation options, press Ctrl + Shift, then click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Activate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button in the Activation dialog. This will open the offline activation dialog as shown below.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activate dialog offline.png|alt=screenshot of offline activation dialog]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;License ID&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Password&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; fields must be entered as provided in your license email.  The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;User Code 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;User Code 2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; fields will be pre-populated with numeric values.  You must call or email this information to [mailto:support@ultraedit.com support@ultraedit.com] in an email, and we will reply with the value to enter into the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Authorization Code 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; If any values other than those provided by IDM Computer Solutions, Inc. are entered here, this will cause the values in the user code fields to be recalculated the next time the offline activation dialog is opened.  Please do not enter any values except those provided by our support team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Command_palette&amp;diff=1194</id>
		<title>Command palette</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Command_palette&amp;diff=1194"/>
				<updated>2022-08-23T13:48:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:General]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Shortcut: &amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl+Shift+P&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UltraEdit command palette.png|right|384px|alt=screenshot of command palette in UltraEdit|Command palette in UltraEdit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;command palette&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; provides quick access to all commands available in UltraEdit / UEStudio, with a filter for searching commands by name. You can also directly invoke commands from it. In addition to its shortcut, you can invoke the command palette by clicking its icon in the right of the ribbon bar menu, next to the help icon.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When the command palette opens, you can immediately begin typing to search / filter commands. Only those commands matching your search will be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The command palette includes both &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;commands&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (i.e., something that executes an action) and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;settings&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Commands are sorted alphabetically and listed at the top of the results.  The location of the command is shown in the second column and keyboard shortcuts for the command (if they exist) are shown in the third column.  Settings matching the filter are listed alphabetically underneath commands.  Once you&amp;#039;ve selected a command you wish to use you can press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Enter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or click on it to invoke that specific command or jump to the referenced setting in [[:Category:Settings|Settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Launch custom macros, tools, scripts, templates ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can launch your custom macros, tools, scripts, and templates directly from the command palette. Just type all or part of the item&amp;#039;s name, or if you&amp;#039;re not sure, type &amp;quot;play&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;insert&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;tool&amp;quot; to see a list of available items. Press enter to insert or play the selected item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Favorites / recently used ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can click on the star to the left of a command or setting to add it to your favorites list which appears at the top of the command palette. Click the star again to remove a command or setting from the favorites list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the last five recently used commands directly below the favorites. If you wish to clear the command history, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;X&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to the right of the &amp;quot;Recently used&amp;quot; heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Quick open from history ==&lt;br /&gt;
The command palette maintains a history of all files you&amp;#039;ve opened, similar to a web browser&amp;#039;s browing history. This allows you to quickly re-open a file without having to remember the time or exact location from where you opened it. To open a file from the history, with the command palette open type &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;\&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; to enter history mode. Begin typing all or part of the path / name of the file you wish to open. You&amp;#039;ll see results filtered into the command palette. Once you see the file you wish to open, select it and press &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Enter&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; to immediately open it. This feature supports local, network, and (S)FTP files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to clear the open history, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;X&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to the right of the &amp;quot;Search recently opened files&amp;quot; heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Open files ==&lt;br /&gt;
The command palette also functions as a quick open for local files. To open files, with the command palette open, begin typing the path beginning with the drive letter. You&amp;#039;ll see auto-suggestions appear in the command palette filtered based upon the path you&amp;#039;re typing. Press &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Tab&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; to auto-complete the path with the selected item. If a full file path is entered, press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Enter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open it. You can also use the arrow keys to move through the list of filtered results, then press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Enter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the selected result to open it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the asterisk (*) as a wildcard in the command palette to open multiple files. You can also use relative paths (relative to the active file) and traverse parent directories with &amp;quot;..&amp;quot;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Multi-caret_editing&amp;diff=1193</id>
		<title>Multi-caret editing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Multi-caret_editing&amp;diff=1193"/>
				<updated>2022-06-30T20:25:51Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:General]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UltraEdit multi-caret.png|right|alt=screenshot of UltraEdit&amp;#039;s multi-caret editing feature]]&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-caret editing allows you to activate two or more non-contiguous insertion points (identified by the blinking caret) within the active file.  Each caret acts and operates independently of any other caret, and most edit operations you execute are performed in all caret locations simultaneously.  This is an optional feature and can be disabled completely  under [[Settings:Editor display:Cursor / caret|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Editor display &amp;amp;raquo; Cursor / caret]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-caret editing is not supported in [[column mode]] or [[hex edit]] mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multi-caret via mouse==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating multiple carets via mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
Regardless of how many carets are active, you can add a new caret by holding the &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Ctrl&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; key and &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;left-mouse-button clicking&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; at any location within the file where you can normally click to reposition the caret, including beyond a line end if &amp;quot;Allow positioning beyond line end&amp;quot; is set under [[Settings:Editor display:Cursor / caret|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Editor display &amp;amp;raquo; Cursor / caret]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adding a new caret to an existing set via mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have created a caret set and released &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Ctrl&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; and wish to add a new caret to the active set, then, prior to clicking anywhere else in the file, you can press &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Ctrl&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; again and click in a new position to add a new caret to the existing set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Removing a caret via mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
You may remove a caret from the active set by holding &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Ctrl&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; and clicking on the caret you wish to remove.  No other carets are affected.  You can also undo the last-added caret by pressing &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Shift&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; + &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Alt&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; + &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Z&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearing all multiple carets via mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
To remove multiple carets, you can release &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Ctrl&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; and then click elsewhere in the file (not on an active selection). All carets will be removed and the clicked position will become the only active caret. Alternatively, you can press &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Ctrl&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; + &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Shift&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; + &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;/&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; to remove all but the primary caret.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multi-select via mouse==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-select is a component of multi-caret in that it allows you to select multiple non-contiguous sections of data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating multiple selections via mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
Regardless of how many selections are active, you can add a new selection by holding the &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Ctrl&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; key and selecting any text within the file where you can normally do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selection can be created via:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click-and-drag (standard selection)&lt;br /&gt;
* Double-/triple-click&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on line number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adding a new selection to an existing set via mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
If you create a set of multiple selections and have released &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Ctrl&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; and wish to add a new caret / selection to the active set, then, prior to clicking anywhere else in the file, you can press &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Ctrl&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; again and select new text to add to the existing set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Removing a selection via mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
You can remove a selection from the active set by holding &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Ctrl&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; and clicking anywhere on the selection you want to remove.  No other selections are affected.  No caret is left where you clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Clearing all multiple selections via mouse===&lt;br /&gt;
To remove multiple selections, you must release &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Ctrl&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; and then click elsewhere in the file (not on an active caret / selection). All carets will be removed and the clicked position will become the only active caret.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multi-select strings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Select all occurrences of string===&lt;br /&gt;
You can use multi-caret editing to quickly select all occurrences of a word regardless of its position in the file. To do this, make your selection and press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl ,&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (comma). If no selection exists, the editor will select all occurrences of the word under the active caret.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Select next occurrence of string===&lt;br /&gt;
To select the next occurrence of the selected string, press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl ;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (semicolon). If no selection exists, the editor will first select the word under the caret, and subsequent keypresses will select subsequent occurrences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Select all Find matches===&lt;br /&gt;
You can also load all matches from a search into multiple selections. To do this, first do a [[Quick find]] or [[Find]] with &amp;quot;Highlight all items found&amp;quot; enabled. After the matched items are highlighted, press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl ,&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (comma) to load them into selections. When combined with [[Perl regular expressions]], this provides you with a very powerful way of selecting multiple different strings all at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Movement of multi-carets==&lt;br /&gt;
With a caret / selection set active, you can reposition them as you normally would by using basic movement keys on the keyboard.  For example, pressing &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Left Arrow&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; will move all carets to the left 1 position.  Pressing &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Down Arrow&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; will move all carets down 1 line. Pressing the &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Home&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; key will move all carets to the beginning of each line. &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Page Up&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; will move all carets up 1 page.  Any movement which would cause the carets to converge into a unified location will result in a single caret.  Examples include &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Ctrl + Home&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Ctrl + End&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Ctrl + Shift + Home&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Ctrl + Shift + End&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General editing with multi-caret==&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have a set of multi-carets and / or selections, you can do any number of general editing operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Copy/Cut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All selections are copied or cut into the clipboard. Non-contiguous selections are separated on the clipboard by a line terminator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If &amp;quot;Enable copy/cut of current line with no selection active&amp;quot; is set under [[Settings:Editor:Miscellaneous|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Editor &amp;amp;raquo; Miscellaneous]], then all lines where a non-selection caret is active are copied / cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Paste&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All selections are overwritten with whatever data is on the clipboard, with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;one notable exception:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; if the number of line endings on the clipboard equals the number of active carets in the file, then each individual line on the clipboard will be inserted into each individual caret/selection, in respective order. This is helpful in cases where you wish to copy a plain text list into a pre-formatted code container, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Using &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Shift&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;, you can select from each caret at once just as you would with a single caret.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Backspace / delete&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All backspace / delete functionality is available and operates independently upon each caret.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Keyboard_shortcuts&amp;diff=1188</id>
		<title>Keyboard shortcuts</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Keyboard_shortcuts&amp;diff=1188"/>
				<updated>2022-04-14T19:28:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: /* Toggles */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:General]]&lt;br /&gt;
UltraEdit / UEStudio provides default keyboard shortcuts for many commonly used commands and features. You can add, remove, or change keyboard shortcuts in [[Settings:Key mapping|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Key mapping]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see all key mappings defined on your system by going to [[Settings:Key mapping|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Key mapping]] and clicking the &amp;quot;Show key mapping in editor&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default keyboard shortcuts are grouped below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Editing text==&lt;br /&gt;
{| &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl A&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Select all&lt;br /&gt;
|Selects all text in active file&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl ;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Select next occurrence&lt;br /&gt;
|Selects next occurrence of selected word (creating [[multi-caret editing|multiple selections]]) or word under caret if no selection exists&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl ,&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Make selections&lt;br /&gt;
|Selects all occurrences of selected word or word under caret if no selection exists (creating [[multi-caret editing|multiple selections]])&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Shift Z&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Remove last caret&lt;br /&gt;
|Removes last-created caret or selection ([[multi-caret editing]])&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift /&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Remove all carets&lt;br /&gt;
|Removes all active carets ([[multi-caret editing]]) except for last-created caret&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl J&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Join lines&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Join lines]], which joins active line to the next one (or all selected lines)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl E&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Delete line&lt;br /&gt;
|Deletes line caret is on&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F11&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Delete to start of line&lt;br /&gt;
|Deletes from caret to start of line&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F12&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Delete to end of line&lt;br /&gt;
|Deletes from caret to end of line&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Shift D&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Duplicate line&lt;br /&gt;
|Duplicates the active line&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Z&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Undo&lt;br /&gt;
|Undoes last action if possible&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Y&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Redo&lt;br /&gt;
|Reverses last undo action if possible&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Backspace&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Delete previous word&lt;br /&gt;
|Deletes the word preceding the caret, or to beginning of word if the caret is in the middle of a word&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Delete&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Delete next word&lt;br /&gt;
|Deletes the word following the caret, or to end of word if the caret is in the middle of a word&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl /&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Trim trailing spaces&lt;br /&gt;
|Deletes all trailing spaces on all lines in active file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl \&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Trim leading spaces&lt;br /&gt;
|Deletes all leading spaces on all lines in active file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl T&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reformat paragraph&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Reformat paragraph|Reformats the current paragraph]] or selected text&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F5&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|To lowercase&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts selected text or letter next to caret to lowercase&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt F5&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|To uppercase&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts selected text or letter next to caret to uppercase&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F5&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Capitalize&lt;br /&gt;
|Capitalizes letter next to caret or first character of each word in selected text&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift F5&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Invert case&lt;br /&gt;
|Inverts case of letter next to caret or all characters in selected text&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl K&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Spell check&lt;br /&gt;
|Invokes the [[Spell check|spelling checker]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl I&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Insert literal character&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts a [[Insert literal character|literal character]] at caret position&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl D&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Hex insert / delete&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hex insert/delete|Insert or delete characters]] in hex edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift A&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts ä character&lt;br /&gt;
|(As appropriate for active file&amp;#039;s encoding)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift A&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(Caps Lock on)&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts Ä character&lt;br /&gt;
|(As appropriate for active file&amp;#039;s encoding)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift O&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts ö character&lt;br /&gt;
|(As appropriate for active file&amp;#039;s encoding)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift O&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(Caps Lock on)&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts Ö character&lt;br /&gt;
|(As appropriate for active file&amp;#039;s encoding)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift U&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts ü character&lt;br /&gt;
|(As appropriate for active file&amp;#039;s encoding)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift U&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(Caps Lock on)&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts Ü character&lt;br /&gt;
|(As appropriate for active file&amp;#039;s encoding)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift S&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts ß character&lt;br /&gt;
|(As appropriate for active file&amp;#039;s encoding)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Clipboard operations==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl C&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Copy&lt;br /&gt;
|Copies text from active file into the clipboard&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Insert&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Copy&lt;br /&gt;
|Copies selected text (also in [[SSH / telnet console|SSH / telnet client window]])&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl X&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Cut&lt;br /&gt;
|Cuts text from active file into the clipboard&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift Delete&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Cut&lt;br /&gt;
|Cuts text from active file into the clipboard (also in [[SSH / telnet console|SSH / telnet client window]])&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl V&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Paste&lt;br /&gt;
|Pastes text from the clipboard into the active file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift Insert&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Paste&lt;br /&gt;
|Pastes clipboard contents (als in [[SSH / telnet console|SSH / Telnet client window]])&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift C&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Copy and append&lt;br /&gt;
|Copies selected text and appends it onto the clipboard&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift X&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Cut and append&lt;br /&gt;
|Cuts selected text and appends it onto the clipboard&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift V&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Paste and copy&lt;br /&gt;
|Pastes text from the clipboard into the active file while simultaneously moving original selection to clipboard&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl 0-9&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Select clipboard&lt;br /&gt;
|Selects Windows clipboard (0) or one of the user [[clipboards]] (1 - 9)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File operations==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl N&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|New&lt;br /&gt;
|Creates a new file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl O&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Open&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[file open]] dialog to open an existing file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Q&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quick open&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[Quick open]] dialog for quickly opening files without file open dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F4&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Close&lt;br /&gt;
|Closes active file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift F4&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Close all files&lt;br /&gt;
|Closes all open files&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl S&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Save&lt;br /&gt;
|Saves the active file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt F12&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Save&lt;br /&gt;
|Saves all open files&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F12&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Save as&lt;br /&gt;
|Saves the active file as a new file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl P&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Print&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Print|Prints]] the active file&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search / goto operations==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quick find / Find&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[Quick find]]; Hold &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;F&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; twice to open regular [[Find]] dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt F3&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Find&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[find]] (bypassing [[Quick Find]])&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl R&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Replace&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[replace]] dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift F&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Find in files&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[find in files]] dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl .&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Highlight all&lt;br /&gt;
|Highlights all occurrences of selected text, or word under caret if no selection exists&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F3&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Find next&lt;br /&gt;
|Searches forwards for last find string&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F3&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Find previous&lt;br /&gt;
|Searches backwards for last find string&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift F3&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Select to next occurrence &lt;br /&gt;
|Selects all text from caret through next occurence of find string&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl G&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Goto&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Goto|Goes to]] the specified line (or hex address)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl B&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Select to matching brace&lt;br /&gt;
|Selects to matching brace from next (,[,{ to closing },],) or other brace character as defined in the [[wordfiles|wordfile]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Toggle bookmark&lt;br /&gt;
|Toggles [[Bookmarks|bookmark]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Go to bookmark&lt;br /&gt;
|Jumps to next [[Bookmarks|bookmark]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift F2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Select to next bookmark&lt;br /&gt;
|Selects all text from caret through next [[Bookmarks|bookmarked]] line&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift Alt F2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Select to previous bookmark&lt;br /&gt;
|Selects all text from caret through previous [[Bookmarks|bookmarked]] line&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Caret / view positioning==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl &amp;amp;#129045;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll view up&lt;br /&gt;
|Scrolls view up one line while maintaining current caret position&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl &amp;amp;#129047;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll view down&lt;br /&gt;
|Scrolls view down one line while maintaining current caret position&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift Mouse Wheel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Scrolls horizontally&lt;br /&gt;
|Tracks horizontal scroll bar&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt &amp;amp;#129046;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Next Paragraph&lt;br /&gt;
|Positions caret at first non-space character of next paragraph&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt &amp;amp;#129044;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Previous Paragraph&lt;br /&gt;
|Positions caret at first non-space character of current paragraph (if positioned mid-paragraph) or previous paragraph&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Page Up&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Top of window&lt;br /&gt;
|Moves caret to first visible line&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Page Down&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Bottom of window&lt;br /&gt;
|Moves caret to last visible line&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl -&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|Hide / show selection &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hide/show_selection|Hides or shows]] active code folding node, or active line if in non-highlighted file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl +&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|Collapse all&lt;br /&gt;
|Collapses all code folding nodes&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl *&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|Expand all&lt;br /&gt;
|Expands all hidden / collapsed lines&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt -&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll to top&lt;br /&gt;
|Positions active line to top of window&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt +&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll to bottom&lt;br /&gt;
|Positions active line to bottom of window&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt *&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll to center&lt;br /&gt;
|Positions active line to center of window&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt 5&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll to center&lt;br /&gt;
|Positions active line to center of window&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl 1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|End of previous word&lt;br /&gt;
|Positions caret at the end of the previous word&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl 2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|End of next word&lt;br /&gt;
|Positions caret at the end of the next word&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Q&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quick find switch focus&lt;br /&gt;
|Switches focus between editor window and [[quick find]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F6&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Focus other pane&lt;br /&gt;
|Moves focus to other pane when [[split window]] is active&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F6&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Next window&lt;br /&gt;
|Makes next file window active (based upon last-accessed [[File tabs|file tab]])&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift F6&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Previous window&lt;br /&gt;
|Makes previous file window active (based upon last-accessed [[File tabs|file tab]])&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt &amp;amp;#129045;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Previous file tab&lt;br /&gt;
|Activates [[File tabs|file tab]] immediately to the left of active [[File tabs|file tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt &amp;amp;#129047;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Next [[File tabs|file tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Activates [[File tabs|file tab]] immediately to the right of active [[File tabs|file tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt F10&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Previous panel&lt;br /&gt;
|Moves focus through last used child windows&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F10&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Next panel&lt;br /&gt;
|Moves focus through next used child windows&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toggles==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt C&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Column mode&lt;br /&gt;
|Toggles [[Column mode|column / block editing mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl W&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Word wrap&lt;br /&gt;
|Toggles [[Settings:Editor:Word_wrap/tab_settings|word wrap]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Mouse click / drag&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quick column selection&lt;br /&gt;
|Allows you to create a quick column / block selection without enabling [[column mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl H&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Hex mode&lt;br /&gt;
|Toggles [[hex edit|hex edit mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F8&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Display function list&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens / refreshes [[function list]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F8&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Tag list&lt;br /&gt;
|Toggles [[tag list]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl U&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|File explorer&lt;br /&gt;
|Toggles [[file view|file explorer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Insert&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Insert or overstrike mode&lt;br /&gt;
|Toggles [[Insert_and_overstrike_mode|insert / overstrike mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Accessing other functionality==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift P&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Command palette&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[Command palette]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Help&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows UltraEdit help&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift F1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Context help&lt;br /&gt;
|Invokes the context-sensitive help&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt 0-9&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift Alt 0-9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Insert template&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts [[Modify_templates|user-defined template]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Insert time / date&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts time / date at caret&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt F8&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Layouts&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[Manage layouts|layout manager]] dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift R&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quick record macro (toggle)&lt;br /&gt;
|Immediately begins [[Edit and create macros|macro]] recording with no prompt&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl M&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Play macro&lt;br /&gt;
|Plays last-played [[Edit and create macros|macro]], or first macro in macro list&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl L&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Choose macro to play multiple times&lt;br /&gt;
|Allows you to select a [[Edit and create macros|macro]] and how many times to play it&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Shift Z&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Scripts&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[scripts list]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Shift R&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Run active script&lt;br /&gt;
|Runs active file as [[scripts|script]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Space bar&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Auto-complate&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[auto-complete]] dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Enter&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Character properties&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens character properties dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt \&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Word count&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens word count dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Shift O&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Open project / workspace&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens the open [[:Category:Project_tab|project]] dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Shift C&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Close project / workspace&lt;br /&gt;
|Closes the active [[:Category:Project_tab|project]] and workspace&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Shift S&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Open project settings&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[project settings]] dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt F11&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Compare&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens compare files dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F9&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Run DOS command&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens run DOS command window &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F9&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Run Last DOS Command&lt;br /&gt;
|Repeats last-run DOS command&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F10&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Run Windows program&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens run Windows command window &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl P, S&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Persistent selection&lt;br /&gt;
|Begins [[persistent selection]] mode allowing you to move caret anywhere in file to create a selection&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift &amp;amp;#129047;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Next message&lt;br /&gt;
|Moves focus to next error or warning in output window listing and opens referenced file to corresponding line&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift &amp;amp;#129045;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Previous message&lt;br /&gt;
|Moves focus to previous error or warning in output window listing and opens referenced file to corresponding line&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt F4&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Exit UltraEdit / UEStudio&lt;br /&gt;
|Exits the application&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-see-also&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See also: &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Settings:Key mapping|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Key mapping]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Keyboard_shortcuts&amp;diff=1187</id>
		<title>Keyboard shortcuts</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Keyboard_shortcuts&amp;diff=1187"/>
				<updated>2022-04-14T19:20:41Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: /* Caret / view positioning */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:General]]&lt;br /&gt;
UltraEdit / UEStudio provides default keyboard shortcuts for many commonly used commands and features. You can add, remove, or change keyboard shortcuts in [[Settings:Key mapping|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Key mapping]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see all key mappings defined on your system by going to [[Settings:Key mapping|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Key mapping]] and clicking the &amp;quot;Show key mapping in editor&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default keyboard shortcuts are grouped below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Editing text==&lt;br /&gt;
{| &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl A&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Select all&lt;br /&gt;
|Selects all text in active file&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl ;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Select next occurrence&lt;br /&gt;
|Selects next occurrence of selected word (creating [[multi-caret editing|multiple selections]]) or word under caret if no selection exists&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl ,&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Make selections&lt;br /&gt;
|Selects all occurrences of selected word or word under caret if no selection exists (creating [[multi-caret editing|multiple selections]])&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Shift Z&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Remove last caret&lt;br /&gt;
|Removes last-created caret or selection ([[multi-caret editing]])&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift /&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Remove all carets&lt;br /&gt;
|Removes all active carets ([[multi-caret editing]]) except for last-created caret&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl J&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Join lines&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Join lines]], which joins active line to the next one (or all selected lines)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl E&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Delete line&lt;br /&gt;
|Deletes line caret is on&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F11&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Delete to start of line&lt;br /&gt;
|Deletes from caret to start of line&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F12&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Delete to end of line&lt;br /&gt;
|Deletes from caret to end of line&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Shift D&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Duplicate line&lt;br /&gt;
|Duplicates the active line&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Z&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Undo&lt;br /&gt;
|Undoes last action if possible&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Y&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Redo&lt;br /&gt;
|Reverses last undo action if possible&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Backspace&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Delete previous word&lt;br /&gt;
|Deletes the word preceding the caret, or to beginning of word if the caret is in the middle of a word&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Delete&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Delete next word&lt;br /&gt;
|Deletes the word following the caret, or to end of word if the caret is in the middle of a word&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl /&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Trim trailing spaces&lt;br /&gt;
|Deletes all trailing spaces on all lines in active file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl \&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Trim leading spaces&lt;br /&gt;
|Deletes all leading spaces on all lines in active file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl T&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reformat paragraph&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Reformat paragraph|Reformats the current paragraph]] or selected text&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F5&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|To lowercase&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts selected text or letter next to caret to lowercase&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt F5&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|To uppercase&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts selected text or letter next to caret to uppercase&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F5&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Capitalize&lt;br /&gt;
|Capitalizes letter next to caret or first character of each word in selected text&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift F5&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Invert case&lt;br /&gt;
|Inverts case of letter next to caret or all characters in selected text&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl K&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Spell check&lt;br /&gt;
|Invokes the [[Spell check|spelling checker]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl I&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Insert literal character&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts a [[Insert literal character|literal character]] at caret position&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl D&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Hex insert / delete&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hex insert/delete|Insert or delete characters]] in hex edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift A&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts ä character&lt;br /&gt;
|(As appropriate for active file&amp;#039;s encoding)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift A&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(Caps Lock on)&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts Ä character&lt;br /&gt;
|(As appropriate for active file&amp;#039;s encoding)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift O&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts ö character&lt;br /&gt;
|(As appropriate for active file&amp;#039;s encoding)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift O&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(Caps Lock on)&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts Ö character&lt;br /&gt;
|(As appropriate for active file&amp;#039;s encoding)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift U&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts ü character&lt;br /&gt;
|(As appropriate for active file&amp;#039;s encoding)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift U&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(Caps Lock on)&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts Ü character&lt;br /&gt;
|(As appropriate for active file&amp;#039;s encoding)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift S&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts ß character&lt;br /&gt;
|(As appropriate for active file&amp;#039;s encoding)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Clipboard operations==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl C&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Copy&lt;br /&gt;
|Copies text from active file into the clipboard&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Insert&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Copy&lt;br /&gt;
|Copies selected text (also in [[SSH / telnet console|SSH / telnet client window]])&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl X&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Cut&lt;br /&gt;
|Cuts text from active file into the clipboard&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift Delete&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Cut&lt;br /&gt;
|Cuts text from active file into the clipboard (also in [[SSH / telnet console|SSH / telnet client window]])&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl V&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Paste&lt;br /&gt;
|Pastes text from the clipboard into the active file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift Insert&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Paste&lt;br /&gt;
|Pastes clipboard contents (als in [[SSH / telnet console|SSH / Telnet client window]])&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift C&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Copy and append&lt;br /&gt;
|Copies selected text and appends it onto the clipboard&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift X&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Cut and append&lt;br /&gt;
|Cuts selected text and appends it onto the clipboard&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift V&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Paste and copy&lt;br /&gt;
|Pastes text from the clipboard into the active file while simultaneously moving original selection to clipboard&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl 0-9&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Select clipboard&lt;br /&gt;
|Selects Windows clipboard (0) or one of the user [[clipboards]] (1 - 9)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File operations==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl N&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|New&lt;br /&gt;
|Creates a new file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl O&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Open&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[file open]] dialog to open an existing file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Q&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quick open&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[Quick open]] dialog for quickly opening files without file open dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F4&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Close&lt;br /&gt;
|Closes active file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift F4&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Close all files&lt;br /&gt;
|Closes all open files&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl S&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Save&lt;br /&gt;
|Saves the active file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt F12&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Save&lt;br /&gt;
|Saves all open files&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F12&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Save as&lt;br /&gt;
|Saves the active file as a new file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl P&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Print&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Print|Prints]] the active file&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search / goto operations==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quick find / Find&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[Quick find]]; Hold &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;F&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; twice to open regular [[Find]] dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt F3&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Find&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[find]] (bypassing [[Quick Find]])&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl R&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Replace&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[replace]] dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift F&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Find in files&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[find in files]] dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl .&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Highlight all&lt;br /&gt;
|Highlights all occurrences of selected text, or word under caret if no selection exists&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F3&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Find next&lt;br /&gt;
|Searches forwards for last find string&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F3&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Find previous&lt;br /&gt;
|Searches backwards for last find string&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift F3&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Select to next occurrence &lt;br /&gt;
|Selects all text from caret through next occurence of find string&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl G&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Goto&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Goto|Goes to]] the specified line (or hex address)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl B&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Select to matching brace&lt;br /&gt;
|Selects to matching brace from next (,[,{ to closing },],) or other brace character as defined in the [[wordfiles|wordfile]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Toggle bookmark&lt;br /&gt;
|Toggles [[Bookmarks|bookmark]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Go to bookmark&lt;br /&gt;
|Jumps to next [[Bookmarks|bookmark]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift F2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Select to next bookmark&lt;br /&gt;
|Selects all text from caret through next [[Bookmarks|bookmarked]] line&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift Alt F2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Select to previous bookmark&lt;br /&gt;
|Selects all text from caret through previous [[Bookmarks|bookmarked]] line&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Caret / view positioning==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl &amp;amp;#129045;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll view up&lt;br /&gt;
|Scrolls view up one line while maintaining current caret position&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl &amp;amp;#129047;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll view down&lt;br /&gt;
|Scrolls view down one line while maintaining current caret position&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift Mouse Wheel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Scrolls horizontally&lt;br /&gt;
|Tracks horizontal scroll bar&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt &amp;amp;#129046;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Next Paragraph&lt;br /&gt;
|Positions caret at first non-space character of next paragraph&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt &amp;amp;#129044;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Previous Paragraph&lt;br /&gt;
|Positions caret at first non-space character of current paragraph (if positioned mid-paragraph) or previous paragraph&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Page Up&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Top of window&lt;br /&gt;
|Moves caret to first visible line&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Page Down&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Bottom of window&lt;br /&gt;
|Moves caret to last visible line&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl -&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|Hide / show selection &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hide/show_selection|Hides or shows]] active code folding node, or active line if in non-highlighted file&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl +&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|Collapse all&lt;br /&gt;
|Collapses all code folding nodes&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl *&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|Expand all&lt;br /&gt;
|Expands all hidden / collapsed lines&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt -&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll to top&lt;br /&gt;
|Positions active line to top of window&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt +&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll to bottom&lt;br /&gt;
|Positions active line to bottom of window&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt *&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll to center&lt;br /&gt;
|Positions active line to center of window&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt 5&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll to center&lt;br /&gt;
|Positions active line to center of window&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl 1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|End of previous word&lt;br /&gt;
|Positions caret at the end of the previous word&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl 2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(numeric keypad only)&lt;br /&gt;
|End of next word&lt;br /&gt;
|Positions caret at the end of the next word&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Q&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quick find switch focus&lt;br /&gt;
|Switches focus between editor window and [[quick find]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F6&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Focus other pane&lt;br /&gt;
|Moves focus to other pane when [[split window]] is active&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F6&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Next window&lt;br /&gt;
|Makes next file window active (based upon last-accessed [[File tabs|file tab]])&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift F6&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Previous window&lt;br /&gt;
|Makes previous file window active (based upon last-accessed [[File tabs|file tab]])&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt &amp;amp;#129045;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Previous file tab&lt;br /&gt;
|Activates [[File tabs|file tab]] immediately to the left of active [[File tabs|file tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt &amp;amp;#129047;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Next [[File tabs|file tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Activates [[File tabs|file tab]] immediately to the right of active [[File tabs|file tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt F10&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Previous panel&lt;br /&gt;
|Moves focus through last used child windows&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F10&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Next panel&lt;br /&gt;
|Moves focus through next used child windows&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toggles==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt C&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Column mode&lt;br /&gt;
|Toggles [[Column mode|column / block editing mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl W&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Word wrap&lt;br /&gt;
|Toggles [[Settings:Editor:Word_wrap/tab_settings|word wrap]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Mouse click / drag&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quick column selection&lt;br /&gt;
|Allows you to create a quick column / block selection without enabling [[column mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl H&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Hex mode&lt;br /&gt;
|Toggles [[hex edit|hex edit mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F8&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Display function list&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens / refreshes [[function list]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F8&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Tag list&lt;br /&gt;
|Toggles [[tag list]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl U&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|File view / Workspace manager&lt;br /&gt;
|Toggles [[file view]] / Workspace manager (UEStudio)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Insert&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Insert or overstrike mode&lt;br /&gt;
|Toggles [[Insert_and_overstrike_mode|insert / overstrike mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Accessing other functionality==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift P&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Command palette&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[Command palette]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Help&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows UltraEdit help&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift F1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Context help&lt;br /&gt;
|Invokes the context-sensitive help&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt 0-9&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; or&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Shift Alt 0-9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Insert template&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts [[Modify_templates|user-defined template]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Insert time / date&lt;br /&gt;
|Inserts time / date at caret&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt F8&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Layouts&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[Manage layouts|layout manager]] dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift R&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quick record macro (toggle)&lt;br /&gt;
|Immediately begins [[Edit and create macros|macro]] recording with no prompt&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl M&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Play macro&lt;br /&gt;
|Plays last-played [[Edit and create macros|macro]], or first macro in macro list&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl L&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Choose macro to play multiple times&lt;br /&gt;
|Allows you to select a [[Edit and create macros|macro]] and how many times to play it&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Shift Z&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Scripts&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[scripts list]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Shift R&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Run active script&lt;br /&gt;
|Runs active file as [[scripts|script]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Space bar&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Auto-complate&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[auto-complete]] dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Enter&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Character properties&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens character properties dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt \&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Word count&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens word count dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Shift O&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Open project / workspace&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens the open [[:Category:Project_tab|project]] dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Shift C&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Close project / workspace&lt;br /&gt;
|Closes the active [[:Category:Project_tab|project]] and workspace&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt Shift S&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Open project settings&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens [[project settings]] dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt F11&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Compare&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens compare files dialog&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F9&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Run DOS command&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens run DOS command window &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl F9&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Run Last DOS Command&lt;br /&gt;
|Repeats last-run DOS command&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;F10&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Run Windows program&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens run Windows command window &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl P, S&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Persistent selection&lt;br /&gt;
|Begins [[persistent selection]] mode allowing you to move caret anywhere in file to create a selection&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift &amp;amp;#129047;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Next message&lt;br /&gt;
|Moves focus to next error or warning in output window listing and opens referenced file to corresponding line&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl Shift &amp;amp;#129045;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Previous message&lt;br /&gt;
|Moves focus to previous error or warning in output window listing and opens referenced file to corresponding line&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;white-space:nowrap;margin-right:.5rem;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Alt F4&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Exit UltraEdit / UEStudio&lt;br /&gt;
|Exits the application&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-see-also&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See also: &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Settings:Key mapping|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Key mapping]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Configure_tools&amp;diff=1185</id>
		<title>Configure tools</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Configure_tools&amp;diff=1185"/>
				<updated>2021-08-02T13:03:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Advanced tab]][[File:UltraEdit user tools menu.png|alt=user tools menu in UltraEdit|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-shortcut&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Shortcut: &amp;lt;span&amp;gt;Ctrl+Shift+#&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;(where # corresponds to the number of the tool)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;user tool&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is a way for you to interact with other applications or programs on your system by executing a DOS or Windows command. You can configure up to 50 user tools - 25 standard tools and 25 [[:Category:Project tab|Project]] tools. You can access and execute user tools in the [[:Category:Advanced tab|Advanced tab]] in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;User tools&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; drop down. You can also add your tools to the ribbon or toolbars and [[Settings:Key mapping|map keyboard shortcuts]] to your tools. You can also use user tools in macros or scripts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Configure tools&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; opens the &amp;quot;Tool configuration&amp;quot; dialog, where you can create and delete tools. Here you can also configure tools, including defining the command line, setting parameters, configuring output handling, and setting options for interacting with the active file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can modify existing tools by selecting them from the list at the bottom of the dialog. The dialog also includes the following global buttons for adding / removing tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Creates a new tool and makes it active.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Copy&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Creates a copy of the active / selected tool and makes it active.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Deletes the active / selected tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your changes to tools are not saved until you click either the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Apply&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button in the &amp;quot;Tool configuration&amp;quot; dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure tools in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Command&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Options&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Output&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tabs in the &amp;quot;Tool configuration&amp;quot; dialog. The settings for each tab are described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Command tab==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UltraEdit tool config - command.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Menu item name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name of the tool and is shown in the user / project tool drop down as well as the tool list in the &amp;quot;Tool configuration&amp;quot; dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Command line&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is the actual command line to be executed when the tool is run. The command line uses the same syntax as a DOS command prompt, however this field also supports a special placeholder syntax (described below) which allows variables, such as the active file&amp;#039;s path and name, to be passed to the command line. You can use the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button to browse to and select an existing batch or cmd file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Working directory&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is the active directory the tool and ensuing process will be launched in. You can use the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button to browse to and select an existing folder on your system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For both the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;command line&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;working directory&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; fields, the following placeholders are available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;All examples provided below are based upon a hypothetical file path &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;D:\work\Dev Projects\Cycle One\some file.c&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
!Placeholder&lt;br /&gt;
!Meaning&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%F&lt;br /&gt;
|Active file&amp;#039;s full path and name (short version)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;D:\work\DEVPRO~1\CYCLEO~1\SOMEFI~1.C&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%f&lt;br /&gt;
|Active file&amp;#039;s full path and name (long version). Make sure to encapsulate in quotes if the file path or name might contain spaces. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;D:\work\Dev Projects\Cycle One\some file.c&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%P&lt;br /&gt;
|Active file&amp;#039;s full path (short version)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;D:\work\DEVPRO~1\CYCLEO~1\&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%p&lt;br /&gt;
|Active file&amp;#039;s full path (long version). Make sure to encapsulate in quotes if the file path might contain spaces. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;D:\work\Dev Projects\Cycle One\&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%N&lt;br /&gt;
|Active file&amp;#039;s name only (short version)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SOMEFI~1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%n&lt;br /&gt;
|Active file&amp;#039;s name only (long version). Make sure to encapsulate in quotes if the name might contain spaces. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;some file&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%E&lt;br /&gt;
|Active file&amp;#039;s extension only (short version)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.C&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%e&lt;br /&gt;
|Active file&amp;#039;s extension only (long version). Make sure to encapsulate in quotes if the extension might contain spaces. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.c&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%R&lt;br /&gt;
|Active project&amp;#039;s full path and name (short version), similar to %F above.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%r&lt;br /&gt;
|Active project&amp;#039;s full path and name (long version), similar to %f above. Make sure to encapsulate in quotes if the path or name might contain spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%RP&lt;br /&gt;
|Active project&amp;#039;s full path (short version), similar to %P above.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%rp&lt;br /&gt;
|Active project&amp;#039;s full path (long version), similar to %p above. Make sure to encapsulate in quotes if the project path might contain spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%RN&lt;br /&gt;
|Active project&amp;#039;s name (short version), similar to %N above.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%rn&lt;br /&gt;
|Active project&amp;#039;s full path (long version), similar to %n above. Make sure to encapsulate in quotes if the project path might contain spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%modify%&lt;br /&gt;
|Using this placeholder will allow you to specify any arbitrary command line argument(s) (in its place) in a dialog prompt when the command is run.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%sel%&lt;br /&gt;
|Selected text. Make sure to encapsulate in quotes if the selection might contain spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%Env:&lt;br /&gt;
|An existing environment variable. The environment variable must immediately follow &amp;quot;%Env:&amp;quot;. Note that this placeholder does not require the closing percent sign &amp;quot;%&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;%Env:TEMP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; would be replaced with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;C:\Users\[USERNAME]\AppData\Local\Temp&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%line%&lt;br /&gt;
|Current line number in active file (based on first line number of 1)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|%col%&lt;br /&gt;
|Current column number in active file (based on first column number of 1)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Toolbar bitmap/icon (file path)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This field allows you to set the path to a bitmap, png, or icon file to be used in the ribbon, context menu, or toolbar for the tool. Use the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button to browse to and select the image file you&amp;#039;d like to use. The image will be scaled to fit in the ribbon or toolbar. If this isn&amp;#039;t set, the default tool icon (with associated number) is displayed with the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Options tab==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UltraEdit tool config - options.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Program type&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You must define the program type as one of the following two options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DOS program&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (default)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The &amp;quot;Command&amp;quot; field is launched in console mode, just as you would run a command in a DOS command prompt window. Most user tools will use this setting.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Windows program&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The &amp;quot;Command&amp;quot; field is launched as a Windows executable program, just as if you were to double-click its icon in Windows explorer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save active file first&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If checked, the active file is saved before the tool is run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save all files first&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If checked, all open files are saved before the tool is run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Output tab==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UltraEdit tool config - output.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Command output (DOS commands)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can optionally capture the output from your DOS command user tool to a file. The four options for DOS command output are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Append to existing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Appends the tool output to the existing &amp;quot;Command Output&amp;quot; tool output file, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;or&amp;#039;&amp;#039; create the &amp;quot;Command Output&amp;quot; file  if it does not yet exist.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Replace existing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Replaces existing text with tool output in the &amp;quot;Command Output&amp;quot; tool output file, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;or&amp;#039;&amp;#039; create the &amp;quot;Command Output&amp;quot; file if it does not yet exist.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create new file&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Always creates a new &amp;quot;Command Output&amp;quot; file for the tool output regardless of whether one already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Output to list box&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Sends tool output to the [[output window]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Show DOS box&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If checked, a DOS command prompt window is shown as tool&amp;#039;s command is running, otherwise the DOS window will be hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Capture output&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If checked, output from the tool&amp;#039;s command is captured and handled as configured elsewhere in this window, otherwise all output including standard, error, etc. is discarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Clear output before run&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If checked, any data in the output window is cleared prior to the tool&amp;#039;s command being executed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Replace selected text with&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose what to do with the selection in the active file after the user tool is run. This is especially useful if you want to send a selection of text (a code procedure, a forumala, etc.) to an external process and have it reformatted or recalculated in some way. The three options are:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;No replace&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The selection is left unaltered.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Captured output&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The selection is replaced with all output from the user tool.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Clipboard&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The selection is replaced with the clipboard contents after the tool completes execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Handle output as&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to specify the encoding to use when displaying the output returned from the DOS command. These options don&amp;#039;t actually convert the output, but allow you to configure which encoding UltraEdit / UEStudio uses to display the output. The three options are:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ANSI&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;(Default, recommended for most cases)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The user tool output is displayed as ANSI with your system&amp;#039;s default code page.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UTF-8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The user tool output is displayed as though it were UTF-8. This option is not recommended unless your external process specifically creates output as UTF-8. Otherwise, the output may look garbled or incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UTF-16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The user tool output is displayed as though it were UTF-16. Additionally, this will cause the command prompt to be internally invoked with the &amp;quot;/u&amp;quot; flag, creating a Unicode (UTF-16) DOS command prompt before the command is run. This option is not recommended unless your external process specifically creates output as UTF-16. Otherwise, the output may look garbled or incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-see-also&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See also: &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Run DOS / Windows command]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Convert_wrap_to_line_ends&amp;diff=1184</id>
		<title>Convert wrap to line ends</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Convert_wrap_to_line_ends&amp;diff=1184"/>
				<updated>2021-07-09T14:28:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Format tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
Use this command to convert the existing [[word wrap]] in the file or selection to actual line terminator characters, or &amp;quot;hard returns&amp;quot; (CR/LF, or DOS/Windows based line terminators).  If a space is found at the position of the wrap, it is removed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This command will open a dialog allowing you to set the wrap parameters.  By default, the text will be wrapped based on the current view of the file &amp;amp;ndash; in other words, the hard returns will be inserted precisely where the existing word wrap occurs as shown on the screen.  However, you can select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add returns at column #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and then specify a column number to insert the hard returns at this column number instead of the current word wrap locations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This feature works on the complete file if no text is selected.  If a selection is made, the feature only converts the selected area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-see-also&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See also: &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Convert line ends to wrap]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Settings:Editor:Word_wrap_/_tab_settings|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Editor &amp;amp;raquo; Word wrap/tab settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Astyle_reformat&amp;diff=1183</id>
		<title>Astyle reformat</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Astyle_reformat&amp;diff=1183"/>
				<updated>2021-04-22T13:02:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Coding tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Astyle reformat&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; option in the &amp;quot;Coding&amp;quot; tab opens the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Artistic Style Formatter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; dialog. Here you can adjust artistic style settings before reformatting / beautifying the active source file according to the parameters you set. The number of indent spaces passed to Artistic Style is based on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Indent spaces&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; value set in [[Settings:Editor:Word_wrap_/_tab_settings|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Editor &amp;amp;raquo; Word wrap/tab settings]] (based upon extension of active file).&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reformat&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button will apply the selected options/settings and reformat and beautify the active source file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ultraedit artistic style.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Indentation===&lt;br /&gt;
The following indentation options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
!Control&lt;br /&gt;
!Function&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Case&lt;br /&gt;
|indents &amp;#039;case X:&amp;#039; blocks from the &amp;#039;case X:&amp;#039; headers. Case statements not enclosed in blocks are NOT indented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;switch (foo)&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    case 1:&lt;br /&gt;
        a += 1;&lt;br /&gt;
        break;&lt;br /&gt;
    case 2:&lt;br /&gt;
    {&lt;br /&gt;
        a += 2;&lt;br /&gt;
        break;&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;switch (foo)&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    case 1:&lt;br /&gt;
        a += 1;&lt;br /&gt;
        break;&lt;br /&gt;
    case 2:&lt;br /&gt;
        {&lt;br /&gt;
            a += 2;&lt;br /&gt;
            break;&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Class&lt;br /&gt;
|indents &amp;#039;class&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;struct&amp;#039; blocks so that the blocks &amp;#039;public:&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;protected:&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;private:&amp;#039; are indented. The struct blocks are indented only if an access modifier is declared somewhere in the struct. The entire block is indented. This option is effective for C++ files only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;class Foo&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
public:&lt;br /&gt;
    Foo();&lt;br /&gt;
    virtual ~Foo();&lt;br /&gt;
};&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;class Foo&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    public:&lt;br /&gt;
        Foo();&lt;br /&gt;
        virtual ~Foo();&lt;br /&gt;
};&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Inline comments&lt;br /&gt;
|indents C++ comments beginning in column one. By default C++ comments beginning in column one are not indented. This option will allow the comments to be indented with the code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;void Foo()&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
// comment&lt;br /&gt;
    if (isFoo)&lt;br /&gt;
        bar();&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;void Foo()&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    // comment&lt;br /&gt;
    if (isFoo)&lt;br /&gt;
        bar();&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Label&lt;br /&gt;
|adds extra indentation to labels so they appear 1 indent less than the current indentation, rather than being flushed to the left (the default).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;void Foo() {&lt;br /&gt;
    while (isFoo) {&lt;br /&gt;
        if (isFoo)&lt;br /&gt;
            goto error;&lt;br /&gt;
        ...&lt;br /&gt;
error:&lt;br /&gt;
        ...&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes (with indented &amp;#039;error:&amp;#039;):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;void Foo() {&lt;br /&gt;
    while (isFoo) {&lt;br /&gt;
        if (isFoo)&lt;br /&gt;
            goto error;&lt;br /&gt;
        ...&lt;br /&gt;
    error:&lt;br /&gt;
        ...&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Namespace&lt;br /&gt;
|adds extra indentation to namespace blocks. This option has no effect on Java files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;namespace foospace&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
class Foo&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    public:&lt;br /&gt;
        Foo();&lt;br /&gt;
        virtual ~Foo();&lt;br /&gt;
};&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;namespace foospace&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    class Foo&lt;br /&gt;
    {&lt;br /&gt;
        public:&lt;br /&gt;
            Foo();&lt;br /&gt;
            virtual ~Foo();&lt;br /&gt;
    };&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Preprocessor&lt;br /&gt;
|indents multi-line preprocessor definitions ending with a backslash. Should be used with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tabs -&amp;gt; Spaces&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for proper results. Does a pretty good job, but cannot perform miracles in obfuscated preprocessor definitions. Without this option the preprocessor statements remain unchanged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;#define Is_Bar(arg,a,b) \&lt;br /&gt;
(Is_Foo((arg), (a)) \&lt;br /&gt;
|| Is_Foo((arg), (b)))&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;#define Is_Bar(arg,a,b) \&lt;br /&gt;
    (Is_Foo((arg), (a)) \&lt;br /&gt;
     || Is_Foo((arg), (b)))&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Switch&lt;br /&gt;
|indents &amp;#039;switch&amp;#039; blocks so that the &amp;#039;case X:&amp;#039; statements are indented in the switch block. The entire case block is indented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;switch (foo)&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
case 1:&lt;br /&gt;
    a += 1;&lt;br /&gt;
    break;&lt;br /&gt;
case 2:&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    a += 2;&lt;br /&gt;
    break;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;switch (foo)&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    case 1:&lt;br /&gt;
        a += 1;&lt;br /&gt;
        break;&lt;br /&gt;
    case 2:&lt;br /&gt;
    {&lt;br /&gt;
        a += 2;&lt;br /&gt;
        break;&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Max. instatement indent&lt;br /&gt;
|sets the maximum of # spaces to indent a continuation line. The # indicates a number of columns and must not be greater than 120. If no # is set, the default value of 40 will be used. A maximum of less than two indent lengths will be ignored. This option will prevent continuation lines from extending too far to the right. Setting a larger value will allow the code to be extended further to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;fooArray[] = { red,&lt;br /&gt;
         green,&lt;br /&gt;
         blue };&lt;br /&gt;
fooFunction(barArg1,&lt;br /&gt;
         barArg2,&lt;br /&gt;
         barArg3);&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes (with larger value):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;fooArray[] = { red,&lt;br /&gt;
               green,&lt;br /&gt;
               blue };&lt;br /&gt;
fooFunction(barArg1,&lt;br /&gt;
            barArg2,&lt;br /&gt;
            barArg3);&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Min. conditional indent&lt;br /&gt;
|sets the minimal indent that is added when a header is built of multiple lines. This indent helps to easily separate the header from the command statements that follow. The value indicates a number of indents and is a minimum value. The indent may be greater to align with the data on the previous line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The valid values are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;0&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: no minimal indent. The lines will be aligned with the parenthesis on the preceding line.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: indent at least one additional indent.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: indent at least two additional indents.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: indent at least one-half an additional indent. This is intended for large indents (e.g. 8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default value is &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, two additional indents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;// default setting makes this non-bracketed code clear&lt;br /&gt;
if (a &amp;lt; b&lt;br /&gt;
        || c &amp;gt; d)&lt;br /&gt;
    foo++;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
// but creates an exaggerated indent in this bracketed code&lt;br /&gt;
if (a &amp;lt; b&lt;br /&gt;
        || c &amp;gt; d)&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    foo++;&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes (when setting min. conditional indent = 0):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;// setting makes this non-bracketed code less clear&lt;br /&gt;
if (a &amp;lt; b&lt;br /&gt;
    || c &amp;gt; d)&lt;br /&gt;
    foo++;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
// but makes this bracketed code clearer&lt;br /&gt;
if (a &amp;lt; b&lt;br /&gt;
    || c &amp;gt; d)&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    foo++;&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Style===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of sixteen possible styles may be selected using the Style dropdown ( allman, ansi, bsd, break, java, attach, kr, stroustrup, whitesmith, banner, gnu, linux, hortsmann, otbs, pico, lisp). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|default&lt;br /&gt;
|If no bracket style option is set, the opening brackets will not be changed and closing brackets will be broken from the preceding line.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* allman&lt;br /&gt;
* ansi&lt;br /&gt;
* bsd&lt;br /&gt;
* break&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allman style formatting/indenting uses broken brackets.&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;int Foo(bool isBar)&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    if (isBar)&lt;br /&gt;
    {&lt;br /&gt;
        bar();&lt;br /&gt;
        return 1;&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
        return 0;&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* java&lt;br /&gt;
* attach&lt;br /&gt;
|Java style formatting/indenting uses attached brackets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;int Foo(bool isBar) {&lt;br /&gt;
    if (isBar) {&lt;br /&gt;
        bar();&lt;br /&gt;
        return 1;&lt;br /&gt;
    } else&lt;br /&gt;
        return 0;&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|kr (Kernighan &amp;amp; Ritchie)&lt;br /&gt;
|Kernighan &amp;amp; Ritchie style formatting/indenting uses linux brackets. Brackets are broken from namespaces, classes, and function definitions. Brackets are attached to statements within a function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;int Foo(bool isBar)&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    if (isBar) {&lt;br /&gt;
        bar();&lt;br /&gt;
        return 1;&lt;br /&gt;
    } else&lt;br /&gt;
        return 0;&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|stroustrup&lt;br /&gt;
|Stroustrup style formatting/indenting uses stroustrup brackets. Brackets are broken from function definitions only. Brackets are attached to namespaces, classes, and statements within a function. This style frequently is used with an indent of 5 spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;int Foo(bool isBar)&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
     if (isBar) {&lt;br /&gt;
          bar();&lt;br /&gt;
          return 1;&lt;br /&gt;
     } else&lt;br /&gt;
          return 0;&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|whitesmith&lt;br /&gt;
|Whitesmith style formatting/indenting uses broken, indented brackets. Class blocks and switch blocks are indented to prevent a &amp;#039;hanging indent&amp;#039; with switch statements and C++ class modifiers (public, private, protected).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;int Foo(bool isBar)&lt;br /&gt;
    {&lt;br /&gt;
    if (isBar)&lt;br /&gt;
        {&lt;br /&gt;
        bar();&lt;br /&gt;
        return 1;&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
        return 0;&lt;br /&gt;
    }&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|banner&lt;br /&gt;
|Banner style formatting/indenting uses attached, indented brackets. Class blocks and switch blocks are indented to prevent a &amp;#039;hanging indent&amp;#039; with switch statements and C++ class modifiers (public, private, protected).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;int Foo(bool isBar) {&lt;br /&gt;
    if (isBar) {&lt;br /&gt;
        bar();&lt;br /&gt;
        return 1;&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
        return 0;&lt;br /&gt;
    }&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|gnu&lt;br /&gt;
|GNU style formatting/indenting uses broken brackets and indented blocks. This style frequently is used with an indent of 2 spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extra indentation is added to blocks &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;within a function&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The opening bracket for namespaces, classes, and functions is not indented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;int Foo(bool isBar)&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  if (isBar)&lt;br /&gt;
    {&lt;br /&gt;
      bar();&lt;br /&gt;
      return 1;&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
  else&lt;br /&gt;
    return 0;&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|linux&lt;br /&gt;
|Linux style formatting/indenting uses linux brackets. Brackets are broken from namespace, class, and function definitions. Brackets are attached to statements within a function. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Min. conditional indent&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is one-half indent. If you want a different minimum conditional indent use the K&amp;amp;R style instead. This style works best with a large indent. It frequently is used with an indent of 8 spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also known as Kernel Normal Form (KNF) style, this is the style used in the Linux kernel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;int Foo(bool isBar)&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
        if (isFoo) {&lt;br /&gt;
                bar();&lt;br /&gt;
                return 1;&lt;br /&gt;
        } else&lt;br /&gt;
                return 0;&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|horstmann&lt;br /&gt;
|Horstmann style formatting/indenting uses run-in brackets, brackets are broken and allow run-in statements. Switches are indented to allow a run-in to the opening switch block. This style frequently is used with an indent of 3 spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;int Foo(bool isBar)&lt;br /&gt;
{  if (isBar)&lt;br /&gt;
   {  bar();&lt;br /&gt;
      return 1;&lt;br /&gt;
   } else&lt;br /&gt;
      return 0;&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|otbs&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;One True Brace Style&amp;quot; formatting/indenting uses linux brackets and adds brackets to unbracketed one line conditional statements. In the following example brackets have been added to the &amp;quot;return 0;&amp;quot; statement. The option &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;add one line brackets&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; can also be used with this style.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;int Foo(bool isBar)&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    if (isFoo) {&lt;br /&gt;
        bar();&lt;br /&gt;
        return 1;&lt;br /&gt;
    } else {&lt;br /&gt;
        return 0;&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|pico&lt;br /&gt;
|Pico style formatting/indenting uses run-in brackets, opening brackets are broken and allow run-in statements. The closing bracket is attached to the last line in the block. Switches are indented to allow a run-in to the opening switch block. The style implies &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;keep one line blocks&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;keep one line statements&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. This style does not support multiple-line brackets. If &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;add brackets&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is used they will be added as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;one line brackets&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. This style frequently is used with an indent of 2 spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;int Foo(bool isBar)&lt;br /&gt;
{  if (isBar)&lt;br /&gt;
   {  bar();&lt;br /&gt;
      return 1; }    &lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
      return 0; }&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|lisp&lt;br /&gt;
|Lisp style formatting/indenting uses attached brackets, opening brackets are attached at the end of the statement. The closing bracket is attached to the last line in the block. The style implies &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;keep one line statements&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but NOT &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;keep one line blocks&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. This style does not support one line brackets. If &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;add one line brackets&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is used they will be added as multiple-line brackets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;int Foo(bool isBar) {&lt;br /&gt;
    if (isBar) {&lt;br /&gt;
        bar()&lt;br /&gt;
        return 1; }&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
        return 0; }&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mode===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This option is usually set from the file extension for each file. You can override the setting with this entry. It will be used for all files regardless of the file extension. It allows the formatter to identify language specific syntax such as C++ classes, templates, and keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|c&lt;br /&gt;
|indents a C or C++ file&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|cs&lt;br /&gt;
|indents a C# file&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|java&lt;br /&gt;
|indents a Java file&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options file===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;optional&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; default options file may be used to supplement or replace the dialog options.  The dialog options have precedence. If there is a conflict between a dialog option and an option in the default options file, the dialog option will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Artistic Style looks for this file in the following locations (in order):&lt;br /&gt;
# the file indicated by the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;--options=&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; command line option as used if an options file is set in the dialog;&lt;br /&gt;
# the file and directory indicated by the environment variable &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ARTISTIC_STYLE_OPTIONS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (if it exists);&lt;br /&gt;
# the file named &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.astylerc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the directory pointed to by the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;HOME&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; environment variable (e.g. &amp;quot;$HOME/.astylerc&amp;quot; on Linux);&lt;br /&gt;
# the file named &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;astylerc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the directory pointed to by the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;USERPROFILE&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; environment variable (e.g. &amp;quot;%USERPROFILE%\astylerc&amp;quot; on Windows).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Formatting===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following formatting options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
!Control&lt;br /&gt;
!Function&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Add brackets&lt;br /&gt;
|adds brackets to unbracketed one line conditional statements (e.g. &amp;#039;if&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;for&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;while&amp;#039;, ...). The statement must be on a single line. The brackets will be added according to the currently requested predefined style or bracket type. If no style or bracket type is requested the brackets will be attached. If &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;add one line brackets&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is also used the result will be one line brackets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (isFoo)&lt;br /&gt;
    isFoo = false;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (isFoo) {&lt;br /&gt;
    isFoo = false;&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Add one line brackets&lt;br /&gt;
|adds one line brackets to unbracketed one line conditional statements (e.g. &amp;#039;if&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;for&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;while&amp;#039;, ...). The statement must be on a single line. The option implies &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;keep one line blocks&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and will not break the one line blocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (isFoo)&lt;br /&gt;
    isFoo = false;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (isFoo)&lt;br /&gt;
    { isFoo = false; }&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Align pointer&lt;br /&gt;
|attaches a pointer or reference operator (*, &amp;amp;, or ^) to either the variable type (left) or variable name (right), or place it between the type and name (middle). The spacing between the type and name will be preserved, if possible. This option is for C/C++, C++/CLI, and C# files. To format references separately use the following &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;align&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; reference option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;char* foo1;&lt;br /&gt;
char &amp;amp; foo2;&lt;br /&gt;
String ^s1;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes (with align pointer = type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;char* foo1;&lt;br /&gt;
char&amp;amp; foo2;&lt;br /&gt;
String^ s1;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;char* foo1;&lt;br /&gt;
char &amp;amp; foo2;&lt;br /&gt;
String ^s1;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes (with align pointer = middle):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;char * foo1;&lt;br /&gt;
char &amp;amp; foo2;&lt;br /&gt;
String ^ s1;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;char* foo1;&lt;br /&gt;
char &amp;amp; foo2;&lt;br /&gt;
String ^s1;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes (with align pointer = name):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;char *foo1;&lt;br /&gt;
char &amp;amp;foo2;&lt;br /&gt;
String ^s1;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Align reference&lt;br /&gt;
|aligns references separate from pointers. Pointers are not changed by this option. If pointers and references are to be aligned the same, use the previous &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;align pointer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; option. The align reference option with value none will not change the reference alignment. The other options are the same as for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;align pointer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. This option is for C/C++, C++/CLI, and C# files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;char &amp;amp;foo1;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes (with align reference = type):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;char&amp;amp; foo1;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;char&amp;amp; foo2;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes (with align reference = middle):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;char &amp;amp; foo2;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;char&amp;amp; foo3;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes (with align reference = name):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;char &amp;amp;foo3;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Break after logical&lt;br /&gt;
|The option &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;max. code length&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; will break a line if the code exceeds # characters. The valid values are &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; thru &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;200&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Lines without logical conditionals will break on a logical conditional (&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;||&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; , &amp;amp;&amp;amp;, ...), comma, parenthesis, semicolon, or space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some code will not be broken, such as comments, quotes, and arrays. If used with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;keep one line blocks&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;add one line brackets&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; the blocks will NOT be broken. If used with keep one line statements the statements will be broken at a semicolon if the line goes over the maximum length. If there is no available break point within the max code length, the line will be broken at the first available break point after the max code length.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default logical conditionals will be placed first on the new line. The option &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;break after logical&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; will cause the logical conditionals to be placed last on the previous line. This option has no effect without &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;max. code length&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (thisVariable1 == thatVariable1 || thisVariable2 == thatVariable2 || thisVariable3 == thatVariable3)&lt;br /&gt;
    bar();&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (thisVariable1 == thatVariable1&lt;br /&gt;
        || thisVariable2 == thatVariable2&lt;br /&gt;
        || thisVariable3 == thatVariable3)&lt;br /&gt;
    bar();&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes (with break after logical):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (thisVariable1 == thatVariable1 ||&lt;br /&gt;
        thisVariable2 == thatVariable2 ||&lt;br /&gt;
        thisVariable3 == thatVariable3)&lt;br /&gt;
    bar();&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Break else if()&lt;br /&gt;
|breaks &amp;#039;else if&amp;#039; header combinations into separate lines. This option has no effect if &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;keep one line statements&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is used, the &amp;#039;else if&amp;#039; statements will remain as they are. If this option is NOT used, &amp;#039;else if&amp;#039; header combinations will be placed on a single line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (isFoo) {&lt;br /&gt;
    bar();&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
else if (isFoo1()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    bar1();&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
else if (isFoo2()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    bar2;&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (isFoo) {&lt;br /&gt;
    bar();&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
else&lt;br /&gt;
    if (isFoo1()) {&lt;br /&gt;
        bar1();&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
        if (isFoo2()) {&lt;br /&gt;
            bar2();&lt;br /&gt;
        }&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Break blocks&lt;br /&gt;
|The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;default&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; option pads empty lines around header blocks (e.g. &amp;#039;if&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;for&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;while&amp;#039;, ...).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;isFoo = true;&lt;br /&gt;
if (isFoo) {&lt;br /&gt;
    bar();&lt;br /&gt;
} else {&lt;br /&gt;
    anotherBar();&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
isBar = false;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;isFoo = true;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
if (isFoo) {&lt;br /&gt;
    bar();&lt;br /&gt;
} else {&lt;br /&gt;
    anotherBar();&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
isBar = false;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;all&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; option pads empty lines around header blocks (e.g. &amp;#039;if&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;for&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;while&amp;#039;, ...). Treat closing header blocks (e.g. &amp;#039;else&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;catch&amp;#039;) as stand-alone blocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;isFoo = true;&lt;br /&gt;
if (isFoo) {&lt;br /&gt;
    bar();&lt;br /&gt;
} else {&lt;br /&gt;
    anotherBar();&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
isBar = false;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;isFoo = true;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
if (isFoo) {&lt;br /&gt;
    bar();&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
} else {&lt;br /&gt;
    anotherBar();&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
isBar = false;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Close templates&lt;br /&gt;
|closes whitespace in the angle brackets of template definitions. Closing the ending angle brackets is now allowed by the C++11 standard. Be sure your compiler supports this before making the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Stack&amp;lt; int,List&amp;lt; int &amp;gt; &amp;gt; stack1;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;Stack&amp;lt;int,List&amp;lt;int&amp;gt;&amp;gt; stack1;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Empty lines&lt;br /&gt;
|The delete option deletes empty lines within a function or method. Empty lines outside of functions or methods are NOT deleted. If used with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;break blocks&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;default&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;all&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; it will delete all lines EXCEPT the lines added by the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;break blocks&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;void Foo()&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    foo1 = 1;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    foo2 = 2;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;void Foo()&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    foo1 = 1;&lt;br /&gt;
    foo2 = 2;&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fill option fills empty lines with the white space of the previous line.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep one line blocks&lt;br /&gt;
|will not break one line blocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (isFoo)&lt;br /&gt;
{ isFoo = false; cout &amp;lt;&amp;lt; isFoo &amp;lt;&amp;lt; endl; }&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
remains unchanged.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep one line statements&lt;br /&gt;
|will not break complex statements and multiple statements residing on a single line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (isFoo)&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    isFoo = false; cout &amp;lt;&amp;lt; isFoo &amp;lt;&amp;lt; endl;&lt;br /&gt;
}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
remains unchanged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (isFoo) DoBar();&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
remains also unchanged.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Max code length&lt;br /&gt;
|The option &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;max code length&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; will break a line if the code exceeds # characters. The valid values are 50 thru 200. Lines without logical conditionals will break on a logical conditional (&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;||&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;, &amp;amp;&amp;amp;, ...), comma, parenthesis, semicolon, or space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some code will not be broken, such as comments, quotes, and arrays. If used with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;keep one line blocks&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;add one line brackets&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; the blocks will NOT be broken. If used with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;keep one line statements&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; the statements will be broken at a semicolon if the line goes over the maximum length. If there is no available break point within the max code length, the line will be broken at the first available break point after the max code length.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Space padding&lt;br /&gt;
|There are several padding options available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;first-paren-out&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
inserts space padding around the first parenthesis in a series on the outside only. Any end of line comments will remain in the original column, if possible. This can be used with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;unpad-paren&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; below to remove unwanted spaces. If used with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;pad-paren&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;pad-paren-out&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, this option will be ignored. If used with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;pad-paren-in&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, the result will be the same as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;pad-paren&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (isFoo((a+2), b))&lt;br /&gt;
    bar(a, b);&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (isFoo ((a+2), b))&lt;br /&gt;
    bar (a, b);&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;oper&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
inserts space padding around operators. Any end of line comments will remain in the original column, if possible. Note that there is no option to unpad. Once padded, they stay padded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (foo==2)&lt;br /&gt;
    a=bar((b-c)*a,d--);&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (foo == 2)&lt;br /&gt;
     a = bar((b - c) * a, d--);&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;paren&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
inserts space padding around parenthesis on both the outside and the inside. Any end of line comments will remain in the original column, if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (isFoo((a+2), b))&lt;br /&gt;
    bar(a, b);&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if ( isFoo ( ( a+2 ), b ) )&lt;br /&gt;
    bar ( a, b );&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;paren-in&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
inserts space padding around parenthesis on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;inside&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; only. Any end of line comments will remain in the original column, if possible. This can be used with unpad-paren below to remove unwanted spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (isFoo((a+2), b))&lt;br /&gt;
    bar(a, b);&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if ( isFoo( ( a+2 ), b ) )&lt;br /&gt;
    bar( a, b );&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;paren-out&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
inserts space padding around parenthesis on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;outside&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; only. Any end of line comments will remain in the original column, if possible. This can be used with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;unpad-paren&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; below to remove unwanted spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (isFoo((a+2), b))&lt;br /&gt;
    bar(a, b);&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (isFoo ( (a+2), b) )&lt;br /&gt;
    bar (a, b);&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;header&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
inserts space padding after parenthesis headers only (e.g. &amp;#039;if&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;for&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;while&amp;#039;, ...). Any end of line comments will remain in the original column, if possible. This can be used with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;unpad-paren&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to remove unwanted spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if(isFoo((a+2), b))&lt;br /&gt;
    bar(a, b);&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if (isFoo((a+2), b))&lt;br /&gt;
    bar(a, b);&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;unpad-paren&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
removes extra space padding around parenthesis on the inside and outside. Any end of line comments will remain in the original column, if possible. This option can be used in combination with the parenthesis padding options &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;paren&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;paren-out&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;paren-in&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;header&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; above. Only padding that has not been requested by other options will be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if a source has parenthesis padded on both the inside and outside, and you want inside only. You need to use &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;unpad-paren&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to remove the outside padding, and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;paren-in&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to retain the inside padding. Using only &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;paren-in&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; would not remove the outside padding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if ( isFoo( ( a+2 ), b ) )&lt;br /&gt;
    bar ( a, b );&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
becomes (with no padding option requested):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;if(isFoo((a+2), b))&lt;br /&gt;
    bar(a, b);&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Tabs -&amp;gt; Spaces&lt;br /&gt;
|converts tabs into spaces in the non-indentation part of the line. The number of spaces inserted will maintain the spacing of the tab. The current setting for spaces per tab is used. It may not produce the expected results if this option is used when changing spaces per tab. Tabs are not replaced in quotes.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Converting_file_encoding&amp;diff=1182</id>
		<title>Converting file encoding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Converting_file_encoding&amp;diff=1182"/>
				<updated>2020-10-29T12:23:24Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Advanced tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Conversions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; drop down in the [[:Category:Advanced tab|Advanced tab]] offers the following conversion options related to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Character_encoding file encoding] for the active file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
!Conversion&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Unix / Mac (legacy) to DOS&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts all occurrences of Unix line terminators (hex 0A, or LF), and all occurrences of Mac (legacy) line terminators (hex 0D, or CR) with Windows / DOS style line terminators (hex 0D 0A, or CR/LF).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DOS to Mac (legacy) &lt;br /&gt;
|Converts all occurrences of DOS style line terminators to Mac (legacy) line terminators.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DOS to Unix&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts all occurrences of DOS style line terminators to Unix line terminators.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|EBCDIC to ASCII&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts the complete file from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EBCDIC EBCDIC encoding] to ASCII. For example, files from the IBM mainframe system will often be in EBCDIC format.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ASCII to EBCDIC&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts the complete file from ASCII encoding to EBCDIC.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|OEM to ANSI&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts the complete file from OEM encoding to ANSI. This command assumes that the file&amp;#039;s underlying encoding is using the OEM format. OEM is typically used with much older DOS systems.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|OEM to EBCDIC&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts the complete file from OEM encoding to EBCDIC.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ASCII to Unicode&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts the complete file from ASCII encoding to Unicode (16-bit wide characters, also known as &amp;quot;UTF-16&amp;quot;). The conversion uses the active ASCII code page as the source encoding, which is visible in the status bar. Unless you&amp;#039;ve manually changed this, this will be the default ASCII code page for the operating system. After conversion, the status bar shows a &amp;quot;U-&amp;quot; in front of the line terminator type to indicate the file is Unicode.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|UTF-8 to Unicode&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts the complete file from UTF-8 encoding to Unicode (16-bit wide characters, also known as &amp;quot;UTF-16&amp;quot;). After conversion, the status bar will show a &amp;quot;U-&amp;quot; in front of the line terminator type to indicate the file is Unicode.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Unicode to ASCII&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts the complete file from Unicode (UTF-16) encoding to ASCII. The conversion uses the active ASCII code page as the source encoding, which is visible in the status bar. Unless you&amp;#039;ve manually changed this, this will be the default ASCII code page for the operating system. Because the Unicode character set supports far more characters and glyphs than ASCII, it&amp;#039;s possible not all characters can be converted. In these cases, a question mark &amp;quot;?&amp;quot; is substituted in for these characters. For Unicode files the status bar shows a &amp;quot;U-&amp;quot; in front of line terminator type to indicate the file is Unicode, but following this conversion, no indicator is present. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|UTF-8 to ASCII&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts the complete file from UTF-8 encoding to ASCII. The conversion uses the active ASCII code page as the source encoding, which is visible in the status bar. Unless you&amp;#039;ve manually changed this, this will be the default ASCII code page for the operating system. Because the Unicode character set supports far more characters and glyphs than ASCII, it&amp;#039;s possible not all characters can be converted. In these cases, a question mark &amp;quot;?&amp;quot; is substituted in for these characters. For UTF-8 files the status bar shows a &amp;quot;U8-&amp;quot; in front of line terminator type to indicate the file is UTF-8, but following this conversion, no indicator is present.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ASCII to UTF-8&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts the complete file from ASCII encoding to UTF-8. After conversion, the status bar will show a &amp;quot;U8-&amp;quot; in front of the line terminator type to indicate the file is UTF-8.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Unicode/UTF-8 to UTF-8 (Unicode editing)&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts the complete file from Unicode (UTF-16) or UTF-8 (ASCII representation) encoding to UTF-8. After conversion, the status bar will show a &amp;quot;U8-&amp;quot; in front of the line terminator type to indicate the file is UTF-8.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Unicode/ASCII/UTF-8 to UTF-8 (Unicode editing)&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts the complete file from Unicode (UTF-16), ASCII, or UTF-8 (ASCII representation) encoding to UTF-8. The file will however not be internally handled as Unicode and as such the multi-byte UTF-8 characters will display as upper ASCII characters and not the UTF-8 character they represent.  The status bar will not indicate this file format as it has no different structure from an ASCII file.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Unicode to Unicode big-endian&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts the complete file from Unicode (UTF-16) encoding to Unicode big-endian encoding. Endian refers to the order in which bytes are stored. On Windows, which uses the little endian format of Unicode, UTF-16LE is just called &amp;quot;Unicode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;UTF-16&amp;quot; and UTF-16BE is called &amp;quot;Unicode (big endian)&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Unicode big-endian to Unicode &lt;br /&gt;
|Converts the complete file from Unicode (big-endian) encoding to Unicode (UTF-16) encoding. Endian refers to the order in which bytes are stored. On Windows, which are mostly little endian, UTF-16LE is just called &amp;quot;Unicode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;UTF-16&amp;quot; and UTF-16BE is just called &amp;quot;Unicode (big endian)&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Unicode to ASCII-escaped Unicode&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts the complete file from Unicode (UTF-16) to ASCII-escaped Unicode, which allows the file to maintain its Unicode bytes while in ASCII format.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Unicode to ASCII-escaped Unicode&lt;br /&gt;
|Converts the complete file from ASCII-escaped Unicode to Unicode (UTF-16).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-see-also&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See also: &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Settings:File handling:Encoding|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; File handling &amp;amp;raquo; Encoding]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Git&amp;diff=1181</id>
		<title>Git</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Git&amp;diff=1181"/>
				<updated>2020-10-05T18:59:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: /* Using the Git sub-menu in the Explorer / Project panes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Project tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;idm-uestudio-only&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;This feature is available in [https://www.ultraedit.com/products/uestudio/ UEStudio] only.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Git is a very popular distributed version control system. UEStudio offers robust Git integration so that you can directly interact with Git repositories from within the application. You can learn more about Git and read over its full documentation at the [https://git-scm.com/ official Git website].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to use Git with UEStudio, you need to have a Git client installed. [https://git-scm.com/download/win Git for Windows] is recommended. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have Git for Windows installed on your system, then on first run UEStudio will detect this and prompt you to import your Git credentials. Otherwise, you can configure Git in UEStudio&amp;#039;s settings under [[Settings:Integrated applications:Version control systems:Git|Integrated applications &amp;amp;raquo; Version control systems &amp;amp;raquo; Git]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UEStudio_Git_autodetection.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using Git==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UEStudio_Git_integration_in_Workspace_Manager.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Once Git is properly configured on your system, you can then begin interacting with repositories and objects through four different methods:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Via the [[#Using the Git sub-menu in the Explorer / Project panes|Git context menu]] for Git repositories in the &amp;quot;Explorer&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Project&amp;quot; tab of the [[File view|Workspace Manager]].&lt;br /&gt;
# Through the Git commands in the &amp;quot;Version control&amp;quot; group of the [[:Category:Project tab|Project tab]].&lt;br /&gt;
# Through the Git [[Branch manager]].&lt;br /&gt;
# Through the [[Git shell]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases (if Git integration is configured in UEStudio properly) UEStudio will display the repo folder with a special Git icon overlay. If in a project, UEStudio will display the current branch and commits ahead / behind directly beneath the folder name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, a special &amp;quot;Git&amp;quot; sub-menu is available in the context menu for files / folders under Git in the &amp;quot;Explorer&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Project&amp;quot; tabs. This sub-menu contains many commands for interacting with the Git repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating and cloning repositories===&lt;br /&gt;
* To &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;create a new Git repository&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, right-click on the folder where you want to initialize the repository, and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Git&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;amp;raquo; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create/initialize repository here&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The hidden &amp;quot;.git&amp;quot; subfolder will be created, and you can begin adding, staging, and committing files.&lt;br /&gt;
* To &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;clone an existing Git repository&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, right-click on the folder where you want to clone the repository and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Git&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;amp;raquo; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Clone repository...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This will open the &amp;quot;Clone repository&amp;quot; dialog where you can enter the full path or the URL (SSH or HTTP[S]) to the repository. This dialog also contains the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Branch&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This option allows you to specify which branch to switch to when cloning a repository. If left empty, or if a branch is provided that doesn&amp;#039;t exist, this will default to the HEAD branch.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Depth&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This option allows you to create a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;shallow&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; clone where the repository history is truncated to the specified number of revisions. For example, if you enter &amp;quot;2&amp;quot; here, the history for only the last 2 revisions will be available in your locally checked out repository. &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;No checkout&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This option will clone the repository &amp;#039;&amp;#039;without&amp;#039;&amp;#039; checking out a branch, essentially creating a disconnected Git branch.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Recursive&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This option will clone the repository along with any sub-modules contained within it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Using the Git sub-menu in the Explorer / Project panes===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Git&amp;quot; sub-menu in the context menu of the &amp;quot;Explorer&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Project&amp;quot; pane of the [[File view|Workspace Manager]] includes the following options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For top-level repository folders:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Branch manager&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens the Git [[Branch manager|branch manager]] window.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Status&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Updates status of Git repository, shown in [[Git shell]] window.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Show log&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Outputs history log for entire repository to [[Git shell]] window.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add all new files&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Adds all new files in the folder to the Git repository.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Commit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Commits all staged changes to the Git repository.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Resume merge&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Attempts to resume merge after conflicts have been manually resolved by user. (This option is only available after all conflict files have been marked &amp;quot;Resolved&amp;quot; by the user.)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Abort merge&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Aborts the merge that caused conflicts and restores local repository to state it was in prior to the pull / merge attempt. (This option is only available when one or more files in the repository is in a conflict state.)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Resume rebase&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Attempts to resume rebase after conflicts have been manually resolved by user. (This option is only available after all conflict files have been marked &amp;quot;Resolved&amp;quot; by the user.)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Abort rebase&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Aborts the rebase that caused conflicts and restores local repository to state it was in prior to the rebase attempt. (This option is only available when one or more files in the repository is in a conflict state.)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reapply stash&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens the &amp;quot;Apply stash&amp;quot; dialog where you can choose a pre-existing stash to apply to the current branch.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Push&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Pushes the locally committed objects to the associated remote repository.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pull&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Pulls all objects from associated remote repository to local repository.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Launch shell&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens the [[Git shell]] window.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sort files by Git status&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows files with a &amp;quot;modified&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;conflict&amp;quot; status to be moved to the top of the file list. (Available for &amp;quot;Explorer&amp;quot; pane only.)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Config &amp;amp;raquo; Open .gitignore&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens repository&amp;#039;s &amp;quot;.gitignore&amp;quot; file for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Config &amp;amp;raquo; Open config file&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens repository&amp;#039;s local &amp;quot;.git\config&amp;quot; file for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For repository files:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add &amp;amp;raquo; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;file name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Adds selected file to the repository. (This option is only available if the file has not yet been added to the repository.)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add &amp;amp;raquo; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;file extension&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Adds all new files with the selected file&amp;#039;s extension to the repository. (This option is only available if the file has not yet been added to the repository.)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add to ignore list &amp;amp;raquo; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;file name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Adds the selected file to the repository&amp;#039;s .gitignore file and excludes it from the repository. (This option is only available if the file has not yet been added to the repository.)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add to ignore list &amp;amp;raquo; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;file extension&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Adds the selected file&amp;#039;s extension only to the repository&amp;#039;s .gitignore file. All files matching this extension will be excluded from the repository. (This option is only available if the file has not yet been added to the repository.)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Commit this file only&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Allows you to commit just the selected file to the repository. (This option is only available if the file is modified.)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mark resolved&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Allows you to set the selected conflict file to &amp;quot;resolved&amp;quot; to resume the merge / rebase. (This option is only available if the file is in a conflict state.)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Diff&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows Git diff output for the selected file in [[Git shell]] window. (This option is only available if the file is modified.)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Diff with UltraCompare&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Sends modified and repository versions of the selected file to UltraCompare Professional for text compare. (This option is only available if the file is modified.)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Revert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Reverts all uncommitted changes and restores repository version of the selected file. (This option is only available if the file is modified.)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Show log&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Outputs history log for the selected file to [[Git shell]] window.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Blame&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows what revision and author last modified each line of the selected file.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Git file icon overlays in the Explorer / Project panes===&lt;br /&gt;
Git repositories that have been added to a project are shown in the &amp;quot;Project&amp;quot; pane with the current branch name and commits ahead / behind directly beneath them. The color used also indicates the state of the repository:&lt;br /&gt;
* If &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;green&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, there are no uncommitted changes in the local Git repository.&lt;br /&gt;
* If &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;orange&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, there are uncommitted changes in the local Git repository.&lt;br /&gt;
* If &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;red&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, there are conflicts in the local Git repository that need to be resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UEStudio will show the following icon overlays for files and folders that are part of a Git repository:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
!Icon&lt;br /&gt;
!Meaning&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Git-icon-folder-updated.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The folder and all its contents are up-to-date; all changes are committed to the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Git-icon-file-updated.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The file is up-to-date and committed to the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Git-icon-folder-modified.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|One or more files in the folder has uncommitted changes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Git-icon-file-modified.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The file has uncommitted changes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Git-icon-file-added.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The file has been newly added to the repostiory but has not yet been committed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Git-icon-folder-unknown.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The folder and all its contents are not a part of the Git repository.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Git-icon-file-unknown.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The file is not a part of the Git repository.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Git-icon-folder-conflict.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|One or more files in the folder is in a conflict state as a result of an automatic merge or rebase.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Git-icon-file-conflict.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The file is in a conflict state as a result of an automatic merge or rebase and must be manually resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Git-icon-folder-ignored.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The folder and all its contents are ignored from the Git repository due to an ignore rule in the &amp;quot;.gitignore&amp;quot; file.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Git-icon-file-ignored.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The file is ignored from the Git repository due to an ignore rule in the &amp;quot;.gitignore&amp;quot; file.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-see-also&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See also: &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Branch manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Git shell]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Settings:Integrated_applications:Version_control_systems:Git|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Integrated applications &amp;amp;raquo; Integrated applications &amp;amp;raquo; VCS &amp;amp;raquo; Git]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Settings:Cloud_services&amp;diff=1180</id>
		<title>Settings:Cloud services</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Settings:Cloud_services&amp;diff=1180"/>
				<updated>2020-09-02T16:27:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;﻿[[Category:Settings]]The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; branch of [[:Category:Settings|Settings]] includes the following options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 class=&amp;quot;setting&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Macro directory / Script directory&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These fields set the path to the directory Cloud Sync will check when sharing macros or scripts with other systems. Any macros and scripts will only be synced if they are saved in these folders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If macros or scripts are loaded with the application but &amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039; saved in the directories set here, they will not be detected when data is shared with other systems.  The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button will allow you to browse to and select the folder you&amp;#039;d like to use for this purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 class=&amp;quot;setting&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Restore from local backup&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Every time you sync a system, a local backup of settings is created before cloud settings are pulled down. This button allows you to access one of those local backups in case you need to revert to a previous point in time. These backups are created using the [[Backup / restore user customizations]] system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-see-also&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See also: &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cloud sync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Category:Layout_tab&amp;diff=1179</id>
		<title>Category:Layout tab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Category:Layout_tab&amp;diff=1179"/>
				<updated>2020-09-02T16:11:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: /* Views */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Ribbon commands]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Look and feel===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|Layout drop down&lt;br /&gt;
|Allows you to select a different layout for UltraEdit or UEStudio&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Manage layouts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens &amp;quot;Layout manager&amp;quot; dialog where user may specify active layout (menus/toolbars/dockable windows)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Themes drop down&lt;br /&gt;
|Allows you to select a different color theme for UltraEdit or UEStudio&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Manage themes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens &amp;quot;Manage themes&amp;quot; dialog where you can create new themes or modify existing ones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File tabs]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows or hides the open file tabs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Status bar]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows or hides the status bar&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Bookmark gutter]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows or hides the bookmark gutter in line number margin&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Views===&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File view]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows or hides the file tree view (Workspace Manager in UEStudio)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Function list]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows or hides the function list&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Output window]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows or hides the output window&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[JSON manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows or hides the JSON manager used for browsing and navigating JSON structures in JSON files&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[XML manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows or hides the XML Manager used for browsing and navigating XML structures in XML files&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Template list]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows or hides the template list&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Macro list]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows or hides listing of all currently loaded macros&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Script list]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows or hides listing of all currently loaded scripts&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Bookmark Viewer|Bookmarks]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows or hides the Bookmark viewer&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Tag List]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows or hides the tag list&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[ASCII table]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows or hides the dockable ASCII table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Clipboard history]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows or hides the clipboard history list&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cloud sync|Cloud Services]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows or hides the Cloud Services window (cloud sync)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other windows - [[Find string list]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shows or hides the Find String List&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Gather windows&lt;br /&gt;
|Automatically moves all undocked child windows within the visible area of the monitor. This is helpful if one ore more of the child windows has been positioned off of the visible area of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Category:Home_tab&amp;diff=1178</id>
		<title>Category:Home tab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Category:Home_tab&amp;diff=1178"/>
				<updated>2020-09-02T15:58:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: /* Extras */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Ribbon commands]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clipboard ===&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|Paste&lt;br /&gt;
|pastes data from the clipboard into the document&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Paste &amp;amp; copy&lt;br /&gt;
|pastes the clipboard text to the selection (replacing it) and copies the selected text to the clipboard&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Paste column&lt;br /&gt;
|pastes selected text at caret position as if in column mode without toggling column mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Paste special&lt;br /&gt;
|presents a submenu where users may select an option to paste either HTML Source or Raw RTF rather than the selected text only&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Copy&lt;br /&gt;
|copies selected text to clipboard&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Copy &amp;amp; append&lt;br /&gt;
|adds selected text to end of clipboard (preserving existing clipboard contents)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Copy special&lt;br /&gt;
|opens submenu where you can select an option to copy a selection as a complete HTML document, HTML, or RTF. These options export syntax highlighting and font styling information for the selection.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cut&lt;br /&gt;
|copies selected text to clipboard and then deletes selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cut &amp;amp; append&lt;br /&gt;
|adds selected text to end of clipboard (preserving existing clipboard contents) and then deletes selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Clipboard selector drop down&lt;br /&gt;
|allows you to set the active clipboard. UltraEdit supports the standard OS clipboard and then 9 user clipboards. See [[Clipboards]] help topic.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search ===&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Find]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens Find dialog, allowing you to search active file for a string, with various search options and settings.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Replace]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens Replace dialog, allowing you to replace one string in the active file or all open files with another.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Find previous|Previous]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Searches backward from current caret location in active file for last searched string.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Find next|Next]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Searches forward from current caret location in active file for last searched string.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Filter on selection]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Filters active file to show only lines containing the selected text.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Find in files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens Find in Files dialog, allowing you to search for a string across multiple files, with various search options and settings.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Replace in files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens Replace in Files dialog, allowing you to replace a string across multiple files, with various search options and settings.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Navigate ===&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Goto]]&lt;br /&gt;
|positions the caret at the specified line/column number, page break (or file position in HEX mode), or bookmark&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Back and forward|Back]]&lt;br /&gt;
|goes to last position editing/repositioning occurred&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Back and forward|Forward]]&lt;br /&gt;
|goes to next position editing/repositioning occurred (after using Back command)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Last change&lt;br /&gt;
|goes to previous line with unsaved changes&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Next change&lt;br /&gt;
|goes to next line with unsaved changes&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bookmarks ===&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Bookmarks|Toggle bookmark]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Toggles a bookmark at the current line.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Bookmarks|Clear all bookmarks]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Clears all bookmarks in the active file.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Bookmarks|Clear Find bookmarks]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Clears all bookmarks set by the &amp;quot;Bookmark matching lines&amp;quot; option in the [[Find]] dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Edit bookmarks&lt;br /&gt;
|Opens dialog allowing you to set and name a bookmark at the active line.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Copy all bookmarked lines&lt;br /&gt;
|Copies all bookmarked lines in active file to clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cut all bookmarked lines&lt;br /&gt;
|Cuts all bookmarked lines in active file to clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Delete all bookmarked lines&lt;br /&gt;
|Removes all bookmarked lines from active file.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Bookmarks|Previous]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Moves the caret to the previous bookmark.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Bookmarks|Next]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Moves the caret to the next bookmark.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Extras ===&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Open from FTP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|opens an existing document from an FTP site&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Save to FTP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|saves an opened document to a specified file name on an FTP site&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[FTP Browser]]&lt;br /&gt;
|presents FTP/SFTP Browser&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[FTP Accounts|Accounts...]]&lt;br /&gt;
|shows or hides the FTP/SFTP Account Manager&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cloud sync|Cloud Services]]&lt;br /&gt;
|opens Cloud Services window where you can access cloud sync&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Compare&lt;br /&gt;
|opens dialog for comparison of 2 or 3 files or folders with UltraCompare&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|UltraFinder&lt;br /&gt;
|invokes UltraFinder for Find files and Find duplicates operations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|UltraFTP&lt;br /&gt;
|invokes UltraFTP for (S)FTP transfers&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Active file ===&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|Show in default app&lt;br /&gt;
|invokes default application to display active file&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Copy path/name&lt;br /&gt;
|copies the full path and name of the active file to the clipboard&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Delete&lt;br /&gt;
|Deletes the active file from disk.  This command prompts you to confirm the file should really be deleted. If the file is deleted from the disk, it is no longer available. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;This is a permanent file-level delete (not a relocation to the Trash or Recycle Bin), so USE THIS COMMAND WITH CARE.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rename&lt;br /&gt;
|Allows you to rename the active file by prompting you for the new name. Only the name should be entered, as the path will be the same as the existing path.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Email&lt;br /&gt;
|Attaches the active file to a new email message using your default email application. This feature is only supported on systems with an email application installed that supports MAPI.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Cloud_sync&amp;diff=1177</id>
		<title>Cloud sync</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=Cloud_sync&amp;diff=1177"/>
				<updated>2020-09-02T15:56:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: Created page with &amp;quot;Category:Home tab  Cloud sync in UltraEdit   &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud sync&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is a feature of [http...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Home tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UltraEdit cloud sync.png|right|200px|alt=screenshot of cloud sync in UltraEdit|Cloud sync in UltraEdit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud sync&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is a feature of [https://www.ultraedit.com/products/cloud-services.html Cloud Services], an optional add-on with subscription licenses. With cloud sync, you can share settings between multiple connected systems over the cloud. service that allows users to share settings and files between systems.  You can open the cloud sync window by either clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon in the [[:Category:Home tab|Home tab]], or checking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cloud services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; checkbox in the [[:Category:Layout tab|Layout tab]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging in ==&lt;br /&gt;
To use cloud sync, you must have a subscription license that includes Cloud Services, and then you must login with an existing identity provider (Google account, Github account, or Microsoft account). Use the same credentials on your other systems where you&amp;#039;ve activated the license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Syncing systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
The system on which you first log into cloud sync is set as &amp;quot;Master,&amp;quot; meaning this is the system that you can push settings to the cloud from. All other systems you log into are considered secondary, meaning you can pull settings from Master onto them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Master&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; system, you&amp;#039;ll see a list of all syncable settings / files as well as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PUSH&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the bottom. Here you can check or uncheck the settings and categories you wish to sync to other systems. Once you click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PUSH&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, these settings are pushed to the cloud.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that macros and scripts are synced &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the &amp;quot;Macro directory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Script directory&amp;quot; paths set in [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;secondary&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; systems, you&amp;#039;ll see the same list of syncable settings as well as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the bottom. You can check or uncheck the settings and categories you wish to sync on this system only. For example, even if the Master system has pushed all settings to the cloud, you might only want to sync the FTP / SSH accounts to this secondary system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a new sync is available on the cloud, a green notification will appear above the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. Once you click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, all selected categories are synced down to the secondary system, overwriting the existing settings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Cloud contents ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can review what is currently on the cloud by clicking the &amp;quot;Cloud&amp;quot; tab. All categories are shown here as well as the origin system and the last time they were synced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of this list is a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete Cloud Contents&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button where you can delete all settings, data, and files that are stored on the cloud with your sync account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can click the &amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#x2699;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot; tab to access settings related to your sync systems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Make Master&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to set the current system as Master. This button is unavailable if the system is already set as Master.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit Nickname&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to rename the current system within Cloud Services. By default the machine name is used, but providing a more descriptive name makes management of instances much easier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Remove system&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to remove the current system from the sync account completely. This action will also sign you out of your sync account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reset system&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in this button&amp;#039;s caption, this option will reset the local system to the settings that are currently on the cloud. This is useful on the Master system, for example, where it&amp;#039;s only possible to push settings to the cloud on the &amp;quot;Sync&amp;quot; tab. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Caution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; It&amp;#039;s important to understand that this option is potentially destructive: With the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PULL&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; option, the local system&amp;#039;s settings and data will never be overwritten with nothing (effectively deleted), however in the case of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reset System&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, cloud sync &amp;#039;&amp;#039;will&amp;#039;&amp;#039; overwrite all local system settings to match the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;exact&amp;#039;&amp;#039; state of data and settings on the cloud. This means that if one settings category doesn&amp;#039;t &amp;#039;&amp;#039;exist&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the cloud, that category will be &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;reset to defaults&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; locally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Undoing a sync ==&lt;br /&gt;
All local settings are backed up each time you pull settings to a secondary system. If wish to undo a pull, you can access and restore from these backups by going to [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]] and clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Restore from local backup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manage account ==&lt;br /&gt;
The cloud sync interface provides account management features. To see all instances (systems) in your sync account including which is Master, from the sync home, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#8592;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button at the top left. To go back to the sync home, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#8594;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon next to your active system&amp;#039;s name. You can also open the menu at top-left and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sync Home&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within the instances view, you can also click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;amp;#x2699;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon next to the current system name to jump to its settings page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see your user settings, open the menu at top-left and select &amp;quot;User Settings&amp;quot;. Here you can delete your entire cloud account, reload (refresh) cloud sync, or sign out of your account on the active system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;idm-see-also&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See also: &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Settings:Cloud services|Settings &amp;amp;raquo; Cloud services]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=File:UltraEdit_cloud_sync.png&amp;diff=1176</id>
		<title>File:UltraEdit cloud sync.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ultraedit.com/index.php?title=File:UltraEdit_cloud_sync.png&amp;diff=1176"/>
				<updated>2020-09-02T15:48:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Idmadmin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Idmadmin</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>